Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

following time or event

  • 1 after

    I ['ɑːftə(r)] [AE 'æftər]

    after that date — (in future) da lì in avanti; (in past) da allora, da quel giorno

    2) (given, in spite of)

    to chase after sb. — correre dietro a o inseguire qcn.

    to be after sb. — colloq. (sexually) correre dietro a qcn

    5) (following in sequence, rank) dopo

    to stare after sb. — seguire qcn. con lo sguardo

    "don't forget!" Meg called after her — "non dimenticarti!" Meg le urlò dietro

    7) (beyond) dopo, oltre

    time after time — più volte, ripetutamente

    to ask after sb. — chiedere di qcn

    to name a child after sb. — chiamare un bambino con il nome di o come qcn.

    named after — [street, institution] intitolato a

    "after Millet" — " alla maniera di Millet"

    12) AE (past)
    13) after all dopo tutto
    II ['ɑːftə(r)] [AE 'æftər]
    1) (following time or event) dopo, poi, in seguito

    soon o not long after subito o poco dopo; for weeks after — ancora per settimane

    the day after — il giorno dopo, l'indomani

    III ['ɑːftə(r)] [AE 'æftər]
    2) (given that, in spite of the fact that)
    IV ['ɑːftə(r)] [AE 'æftər]
    * * *
    1. preposition
    1) (later in time or place than: After the car came a bus.) dopo
    2) (following (often indicating repetition): one thing after another; night after night.) dopo
    3) (behind: Shut the door after you!) dopo di
    4) (in search or pursuit of: He ran after the bus.) dietro, dietro a
    5) (considering: After all I've done you'd think he'd thank me; It's sad to fail after all that work.) dopo
    6) ((American: in telling the time) past: It's a quarter after ten.) (1) Sono le dieci e un quarto
    2. adverb
    (later in time or place: They arrived soon after.) dopo
    3. conjunction
    (later than the time when: After she died we moved house twice.) dopo
    - afterthought
    - afterwards
    - after all
    - be after
    * * *
    I ['ɑːftə(r)] [AE 'æftər]

    after that date — (in future) da lì in avanti; (in past) da allora, da quel giorno

    2) (given, in spite of)

    to chase after sb. — correre dietro a o inseguire qcn.

    to be after sb. — colloq. (sexually) correre dietro a qcn

    5) (following in sequence, rank) dopo

    to stare after sb. — seguire qcn. con lo sguardo

    "don't forget!" Meg called after her — "non dimenticarti!" Meg le urlò dietro

    7) (beyond) dopo, oltre

    time after time — più volte, ripetutamente

    to ask after sb. — chiedere di qcn

    to name a child after sb. — chiamare un bambino con il nome di o come qcn.

    named after — [street, institution] intitolato a

    "after Millet" — " alla maniera di Millet"

    12) AE (past)
    13) after all dopo tutto
    II ['ɑːftə(r)] [AE 'æftər]
    1) (following time or event) dopo, poi, in seguito

    soon o not long after subito o poco dopo; for weeks after — ancora per settimane

    the day after — il giorno dopo, l'indomani

    III ['ɑːftə(r)] [AE 'æftər]
    2) (given that, in spite of the fact that)
    IV ['ɑːftə(r)] [AE 'æftər]

    English-Italian dictionary > after

  • 2 after

    after, US [transcription]["_ft\@r"]
    ❢ As both adverb and preposition, after is translated in most contexts by après: after the meal = après le repas ; H comes after G = H vient après G ; day after day = jour après jour ; just after 3 pm = juste après 15 heures ; three weeks after = trois semaines après. When after is used as a conjunction it is translated by après avoir (or être) + past participle where the two verbs have the same subject: after I've finished my book, I'll cook dinner = après avoir fini mon livre je vais préparer le dîner ; after he had consulted Bill ou after consulting Bill, he decided to accept the offer = après avoir consulté Bill, il a décidé d'accepter l'offre. When the two verbs have different subjects the translation is après que + indicative: I'll lend you the book after Fred has read it = je te prêterai le livre après que Fred l'aura lu. For more examples and particular usages see the entry below. See also the usage note on time units ⇒ Time units.
    A adv
    1 ( following time or event) après ; before and after avant et après ; soon ou shortly ou not long after peu après ; for weeks after pendant des semaines après ; straight after GB, right after US tout de suite après ;
    2 ( following specific time) the week/year after la semaine/l'année suivante or d'après ; the day after le lendemain.
    B prep
    1 ( later in time than) après ; after the film après le film ; immediately after the strike aussitôt après la grève ; after that date ( in future) au-delà de cette date ; ( in past) après cette date ; shortly after 10 pm peu après 22 h ; it was after six o'clock il était six heures passées, il était plus de six heures ; after that après (cela) ; the day after tomorrow après-demain ; a ceremony after which there was a banquet une cérémonie après laquelle il y a eu un banquet ; he had breakfast as usual, after which he left il a pris son petit déjeuner comme d'habitude, après quoi il est parti ;
    2 ( given) après ; after my attempt at milking, I was nervous après ma tentative de traire les vaches je n'étais pas très sûr de moi ; after the way he behaved après la façon dont il s'est conduit ; after all we did for you! après tout ce que nous avons fait pour toi! ;
    3 ( in spite of) malgré, après ; after all the trouble I took labelling the package, it got lost malgré tout le mal que je me suis donné à étiqueter le paquet, il s'est perdu ; after what she's been through, she's still interested? malgré or après ce qu'elle a subi, ça l'intéresse toujours? ;
    4 ( expressing contrast) après ; the film was disappointing after all the hype ○ après tout le battage ○ le film était décevant ; it's boring here after Paris après Paris, on s'ennuie ici ;
    5 ( behind) to run ou chase after sb/sth courir après qn/qch ; please shut the gate after you refermez la grille derrière vous s'il vous plaît ;
    6 ( following in sequence) après ; your name comes after mine on the list ton nom vient après le mien sur la liste ; the adjective comes after the noun l'adjectif vient après le nom ;
    7 (following in rank, precedence) après ; she's next in line after Bob for promotion elle sera la prochaine après Bob à avoir une promotion ; he was placed third after Smith and Jones il est arrivé troisième après Smith et Jones ; after you! ( letting someone pass ahead) après vous! ;
    8 ( in the direction of) to stare after sb regarder qn s'éloigner ; ‘don't forget!’ Mimi called after her ‘n'oublie pas!’ lui a crié Mimi ;
    9 ( in the wake of) derrière ; I'm not tidying up after you! je n'ai pas l'intention de ranger derrière toi! ;
    10 ( in pursuit of) to be after sth chercher qch ; that's the house they're after c'est la maison qu'ils veulent acheter ; the police are after him il est recherché par la police ; to come ou go after sb poursuivre qn ; he'll come after me il va essayer de me retrouver ; it's me he's after ( to settle score) c'est à moi qu'il en veut ; I wonder what she's after? je me demande ce qu'elle veut? ; I think he's after my job je pense qu'il veut (me) prendre ma place ; to be after sb ○ ( sexually) s'intéresser à qn ;
    11 ( beyond) après ; about 400 metres after the crossroads environ 400 mètres après le carrefour ;
    12 (stressing continuity, repetitiveness) day after day jour après jour ; generation after generation génération après génération ; time after time maintes et maintes fois ; mile after mile of bush des kilomètres et des kilomètres de brousse ; it was one disaster after another on a eu catastrophe sur catastrophe ;
    13 ( about) to ask after sb demander des nouvelles de qn ;
    14 ( in honour or memory of) to name a child after sb donner à un enfant le nom de qn ; named after James Joyce [monument, street, institution, pub] portant le nom de James Joyce ; we called her Kate after my mother nous l'avons appelée Kate comme ma mère ;
    15 ( in the manner of) ‘after Millet’ ‘d'après Millet’ ; it's a painting after Klee c'est un tableau fait à la manière de Klee ; ⇒ fashion A 1 ;
    16 US ( past) it's twenty after eleven il est onze heures vingt.
    C conj
    1 ( in sequence of events) après avoir or être (+ pp), après que (+ indic) ; don't go for a swim too soon after eating ne va pas nager trop tôt après avoir mangé ; after we had left we realized that après être partis nous nous sommes rendu compte que ; after she had confessed to the murder, he was released après qu'elle a avoué le meurtre, il a été relâché ; we return the bottles after they have been washed nous retournons les bouteilles après qu'elles ont été lavées ;
    2 ( given that) after hearing all about him we want to meet him après tout ce que nous avons entendu sur lui nous voulons le rencontrer ; after you explained the situation they didn't call the police une fois que tu leur as expliqué la situation ils n'ont pas appelé la police ;
    3 ( in spite of the fact that) why did he do that after we'd warned him of the consequences? pourquoi a-t-il fait ça alors que nous l'avions prévenu des conséquences?
    D afters ○ npl GB dessert m ; what's for afters? qu'est-ce qu'il y a comme dessert?
    1 ( when reinforcing point) après tout ; after all, nobody forced you to leave après tout personne ne t'a obligé à partir ;
    2 (when reassessing stance, opinion) après tout, finalement ; it wasn't such a bad idea after all après tout or finalement ce n'était pas une si mauvaise idée ; he decided not to stay after all finalement il a décidé de ne pas rester.

    Big English-French dictionary > after

  • 3 after

    after [ˈα:ftər]
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► When after is an element in a phrasal verb, eg look after, take after, look up the verb.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
       a. après
    • after which he... après quoi il...
    • after you, sir après vous, Monsieur
    • after all I've done for you! après tout ce que j'ai fait pour toi !
    • he ate 3 biscuits, one after the other il a mangé 3 biscuits l'un après l'autre
       d. (pursuit) to be after sb/sth chercher qn/qch ; (after loss, disappearance) rechercher qn/qch
    • what are you after? (inf) ( = want) qu'est-ce que vous voulez ? ; ( = have in mind) qu'avez-vous en tête ?
    • what comes after? qu'est-ce qui vient ensuite ?
    • after he had closed the door, she spoke après qu'il eut fermé la porte, elle a parlé
    • after he had closed the door, he spoke après avoir fermé la porte, il a parlé
    afters (inf) ( = dessert) dessert m
    • after-school club or center (British, US) garderie f ► after-sun adjective [lotion, cream] après-soleil noun ( = lotion) lotion f après-soleil ; ( = cream) crème f après-soleil
    * * *
    Note: As both adverb and preposition, after is translated in most contexts by après: after the meal = après le repas; H comes after G = H vient après G; day after day = jour après jour; just after 3 pm = juste après 15 heures; three weeks after = trois semaines après
    When after is used as a conjunction it is translated by après avoir (or être) + past participle where the two verbs have the same subject: after I finished my book, I cooked dinner = après avoir fini mon livre j'ai préparé le dîner; after he had consulted Bill or after consulting Bill, he decided to accept the offer = après avoir consulté Bill, il a décidé d'accepter l'offre
    When the two verbs have different subjects the translation is après que + indicative: I'll lend you the book after Fred has read it = je te prêterai le livre après que Fred l'aura lu
     ['ɑːftə(r)], US ['æftər] 1.

    soon ou not long after — peu après

    right after — US tout de suite après

    2.
    1) ( later in time than) après

    immediately/shortly after the strike — aussitôt/peu après la grève

    after that date — ( in future) au-delà de cette date; ( in past) après cette date

    2) ( given) après

    after what she's been through? — malgré or après ce qu'elle a subi?

    3) ( expressing contrast) après

    it's boring here after Paris — après Paris, on s'ennuie ici

    4) ( behind)

    to chase after somebody/something — courir après quelqu'un/quelque chose

    5) (following in sequence, rank) après

    ‘don't forget!’ Mimi called after her — ‘n'oublie pas!’ lui a crié Mimi

    it's me he's after — ( to settle score) c'est à moi qu'il en veut

    to be after somebody — (colloq) ( sexually) s'intéresser à quelqu'un

    8) ( beyond) après
    10) ( about)

    named after — [street, institution] portant le nom de

    ‘after Millet’ — ‘d'après Millet’

    13) US ( past)
    3.
    1) ( in sequence of events) après avoir or être (+ pp), après que (+ indic)
    2) ( once)
    4.
    afters (colloq) plural noun GB dessert m
    5.
    after all adverb, preposition après tout

    English-French dictionary > after

  • 4 TFE

    5) Электроника: thin film encapsulation
    6) Вычислительная техника: Thin Film Electronics (Hersteller, Norwegen, Schweden)
    7) Нефть: total Fina elf
    8) Банковское дело: Срочная биржа Торонто (Канада; Toronto Futures Exchange)
    9) Транспорт: Transmission Fluid Equipment
    10) Фирменный знак: Technical and Field Engineering, Inc.
    11) Экология: Task Force on the Environment
    12) Деловая лексика: Trans Fleet Enterprise
    13) Инвестиции: Toronto Futures Exchange
    14) Контроль качества: test facilities and equipment
    15) Пластмассы: Polytetrafluoroethylene
    16) Химическое оружие: fuel element
    17) Должность: Textile Fiber Engineering
    18) Чат: Til Forever Ends

    Универсальный англо-русский словарь > TFE

  • 5 follow

    A vtr
    1 ( move after) suivre [person, car] (into dans) ; follow that cab! suivez ce taxi! ; to have sb followed faire suivre qn ; I think I'm being followed je crois qu'on me suit ; followed by suivi par ; to follow sb in/out entrer/sortir derrière qn ; she followed her father into politics elle est entrée dans la politique comme son père ; they'll follow us on a later flight ils nous rejoindront par un autre vol ;
    2 ( come after in time) suivre [event, period, incident, item on list] ; succéder à [leader, monarch] ; I chose the salad and followed it with fish j'ai choisi la salade, et ensuite j'ai commandé du poisson ; I followed up my swim with a sauna après la piscine j'ai fait un sauna ; followed by suivi de ;
    3 (go along, be guided by) suivre [clue, path, river, arrow, map, line of inquiry, tradition, fashion, instinct, instructions] ; if you follow this argument to its logical conclusion… si vous poursuivez le raisonnement jusqu'au bout… ;
    4 (support, be led by) suivre [teachings, example] ; pratiquer [religion] ; adhérer à [faith, ideas] ; être le disciple de [person, leader] ; on this question I follow Freud sur cette question j'adhère à la théorie de Freud ; he follows his sister in everything il imite sa sœur en tout ;
    5 ( watch or read closely) suivre [sport, stock market, serial, trial, lecture, film] ; to follow sth with one's eyes suivre qch des yeux ; to follow the play in one's book suivre la pièce dans le texte ; to follow the fortunes of suivre la carrière de [person] ; suivre [team] ;
    6 ( understand) suivre [explanation, reasoning, plot] ; do you follow me? tu me suis? ; if you follow my meaning, if you follow me si tu vois ce que je veux dire ;
    7 ( practise) exercer [trade, profession] ; poursuivre [career] ; avoir [way of life].
    B vi
    1 ( move after) suivre ; she followed on her bike elle a suivi en vélo ; to follow in sb's footsteps suivre les traces de qn ;
    2 ( come after in time) suivre ; in the days that followed dans les jours qui ont suivi ; there followed a lengthy debate il s'ensuivit un débat interminable ; what follows is just a summary ce qui suit n'est qu'un résumé ; there's ice cream to follow ensuite il y a de la glace ; the results were as follows les résultats ont été les suivants ; the sum is calculated as follows la somme est calculée comme suit or de la façon suivante ;
    3 ( be logical consequence) s'ensuivre ; it follows that il s'ensuit que ; it doesn't necessarily follow that ça ne veut pas forcément dire que ; problems are sure to follow il en résultera forcément des problèmes ; that doesn't follow ce n'est pas évident ; that follows ça me paraît logique ; to follow from sth that… découler de qch que… ;
    4 ( understand) suivre ; I don't follow je ne suis pas.
    follow that ○ ! faut le faire ○ !
    ■ follow about, follow around:
    ▶ follow [sb] around suivre [qn] partout.
    ■ follow on [person] suivre ; to follow on from faire suite à ; following on from yesterday's lecture… à la suite du cours d'hier…
    ■ follow out US:
    ▶ follow out [sth] suivre [orders, instructions, advice].
    ▶ follow through Sport faire un swing complet ;
    ▶ follow through [sth], follow [sth] through mener [qch] à terme [project, scheme, experiment] ; tenir [promise] ; mettre [qch] à exécution [threat] ; aller jusqu'au bout de [idea, theory, argument].
    ■ follow up:
    ▶ follow up [sth], follow [sth] up
    1 (reinforce, confirm) confirmer [victory, success] (with par) ; consolider [good start, debut] (with par) ; donner suite à [letter, visit, threat] (with par) ; to follow up a letter with sth faire suivre une lettre de qch ; he followed up with a left hook [boxer] il a enchaîné avec un crochet de la gauche ;
    2 (act upon, pursue) suivre [story, lead] ; donner suite à [complaint, offer, call, article] ; examiner [suggestion] ; utiliser [tip, hint] ;
    ▶ follow up [sb], follow [sb] up ( maintain contact with) suivre [patient, person].

    Big English-French dictionary > follow

  • 6 TER

    5) Телекоммуникации: telecommunications entrance room
    7) Университет: Tertiary Entrance Rank
    8) Физиология: Tablet, Extended Release
    10) Глоссарий компании Сахалин Энерджи: telecommunications equipment room, Telecoms Equipment Room
    12) Кабельные производство: total external reflection
    13) Авиационная медицина: transfer effectiveness ratio
    14) Расширение файла: Thermal Eclipse Reading (Sony)
    15) Программное обеспечение: Test Effectiveness Ratio

    Универсальный англо-русский словарь > TER

  • 7 Ter

    5) Телекоммуникации: telecommunications entrance room
    7) Университет: Tertiary Entrance Rank
    8) Физиология: Tablet, Extended Release
    10) Глоссарий компании Сахалин Энерджи: telecommunications equipment room, Telecoms Equipment Room
    12) Кабельные производство: total external reflection
    13) Авиационная медицина: transfer effectiveness ratio
    14) Расширение файла: Thermal Eclipse Reading (Sony)
    15) Программное обеспечение: Test Effectiveness Ratio

    Универсальный англо-русский словарь > Ter

  • 8 ter

    5) Телекоммуникации: telecommunications entrance room
    7) Университет: Tertiary Entrance Rank
    8) Физиология: Tablet, Extended Release
    10) Глоссарий компании Сахалин Энерджи: telecommunications equipment room, Telecoms Equipment Room
    12) Кабельные производство: total external reflection
    13) Авиационная медицина: transfer effectiveness ratio
    14) Расширение файла: Thermal Eclipse Reading (Sony)
    15) Программное обеспечение: Test Effectiveness Ratio

    Универсальный англо-русский словарь > ter

  • 9 día

    m.
    day, twenty-four hours, twenty-four-hour period.
    * * *
    1 day
    ■ ¿qué día es hoy? what day is it today?, what's the date today?
    2 (con luz) daylight, daytime
    3 (tiempo) day, weather
    1 (vida) days
    \
    a la luz del día in daylight
    a los pocos días a few days later
    al despuntar el día at dawn, at daybreak
    al día siguiente / al otro día the following day
    ¡buenos días! good morning!
    cada día / todos los días each day, every day
    dar los buenos días to say good morning
    de día during the day
    de un día para otro from one day to the next, overnight
    del día fresh
    día a día day by day
    el día menos pensado figurado when you least expect it
    estar al día figurado to be up to date
    hacer buen/mal día to be a nice/horrible day
    hasta el fin de sus días to the end of his days
    poner al día to bring up to date
    ser de día to be daylight
    ■ si algún día lo ves... if you ever see him...
    un buen día figurado one fine day
    un día sí y otro no every other day
    vivir al día figurado to live from hand to mouth, not to save a penny
    día de año nuevo New Year's Day
    día de fiesta / día festivo holiday, bank holiday
    día de paga payday
    día lectivo teaching day
    día libre day off
    días alternos every other day sing
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) day
    •
    - día festivo
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=período de 24 horas) day

    a los pocos días — within o after a few days, a few days later

    • día a día — day in day out, day by day

    • siete veces al día — seven times a day

    • ese problema es ya de días — that's an old problem

    • de día en día — from day to day

    • día (de) por medio — LAm every other day, on alternate days

    • ocho días — a week

    • quince días — a fortnight

    • un día sí y otro no — every other day

    • día tras día — day after day

    día azul — (Ferro) cheap ticket day

    día de diario, día de entresemana — weekday

    día de fiesta — holiday, public holiday

    Día de la Raza — = Día de la Hispanidad

    día del espectador — day each week when cinema tickets are discounted

    estaremos aquí hasta el día del Juicio — iró we'll be here till Kingdom come

    Día de los Difuntos — All Souls' Day, Day of the Dead

    día de los inocentes — ≈ April Fools' Day ( 1 April)

    Día de (los) Muertos — Méx All Souls' Day, Day of the Dead

    día de tribunales — day on which courts are open

    día feriado, día festivo — holiday, public holiday

    día franco — (Mil) day's leave

    día malo, día nulo — off day

    días de gracia — (Com) days of grace

    día señalado — [gen] special day; [en calendario] red-letter day

    día útil — working day, weekday

    See:
    ver nota culturelle DÍA DE LOS (SANTOS) INOCENTES in inocente,
    ver nota culturelle DÍA DE REYES in rey
    2) (=no noche) daytime

    hace buen día — the weather's good today, it's a fine day

    • ¡ buenos días!, ¡ buen día! — Cono Sur good morning!

    • de día — by day, during the day

    duerme de día y trabaja de noche — he sleeps by day and works by night, he sleeps during the day and works at night

    • día y noche — night and day

    3) (=fecha) date

    ¿qué día es hoy? — [del mes] what's the date today?; [de la semana] what day is it today?

    iré pronto, pero no puedo precisar el día — I'll be going soon, but I can't give an exact date

    hoy, día cinco de agosto — today, fifth August

    día lunes/martes etc — LAm Monday/Tuesday etc

    • el día de hoy — today

    • el día de mañana — (lit) tomorrow; (fig) at some future date

    4) (=momento sin precisar)

    en los días de la reina Victoria — in Queen Victoria's day, in Queen Victoria's times

    • cualquier día (de estos) — one of these days

    ¡cualquier día! — iró not on your life!

    cualquier día viene — iró we'll be waiting till the cows come home for him to turn up

    ¡cualquier día te voy a comprar una casa! — if you think I'm going to buy you a house you've got another think coming!

    • en nuestros días — nowadays

    la prensa de nuestros días — today's press, the press these days

    • otro día — some other day, another day

    ¡hasta otro día! — so long!

    - ¡tal día hará un año!
    5) (=actualidad)

    • del día — [estilo] fashionable, up-to-date

    (=fresco)

    • estar al día — (=actualizado) to be up to date; (=de moda) to be with it

    quien quiera estar al día en esta especialidad, que lea... — anyone who wishes to keep up to date with this area of study, should read...

    • poner al día — [+ texto, contabilidad] to bring up to date; [+ base de datos] to update; [+ diario] to write up

    • ponerse al día (en algo) — to get up to date (with sth)

    • vivir al día — to live from one day to the next

    * * *
    1)

    el día anterior — the day before, the previous day

    el día siguiente — the next o the following day

    el día de ayer/hoy — (frml) yesterday/today

    una vez/dos veces al día — once/twice a day

    un día sí y otro no — every other day, on alternate days

    día (de) por medio — (AmL) every other day, on alternate days

    dentro de quince días — in two weeks o (BrE) a fortnight

    buenos días or (RPl) buen día — good morning

    al día: estoy al día en los pagos I'm up to date with the payments; ponerse al día con algo <noticias/trabajo> to get up to date on/with something; ponga al día su correspondencia bring your correspondence up to date; de un día para otro overnight, from one day to the next; día y noche day and night, continually; hoy en día nowadays, these days; mantenerse al día to keep abreast of things, keep up to date; todo el santo día all day long; se pasa todo el santo día en el teléfono he's on the phone all day long; vivir al día — to live from hand to mouth

    b) ( jornada) day

    trabajan cuatro días a la semana — they work four days a week, they work a four-day week

    c) ( fecha)

    ¿qué día es hoy? — what day is it today?

    hasta el día 5 de junio — until June fifth, until the fifth of June

    2) ( horas de luz) day

    al caer el día — at dusk, at twilight

    de día claro — (Chi) in broad daylight

    hasta otro día! — so long!, see you!

    en su día: se lo contaré en su día I'll tell him in due course; dio lugar a un gran escándalo en su día it caused a huge scandal in its day o time; un buen día — one fine day

    4) días masculino plural (vida, tiempo) days (pl)

    tiene los días contados — his days are numbered, he won't last long

    estar en sus días — (Méx fam) to have one's period

    hace un día nublado/caluroso — it's cloudy/hot

    •• Cultural note:
    &rarrow; Día de la Raza
    In Latin America, the anniversary of Columbus's discovery of America, October 12. In Spain it is known as día de la Hispanidad. It symbolizes the cultural ties shared by Spanish-speaking countries
    On December 28 people in the Spanish-speaking world celebrate the Feast of the Holy Innocents, a religious festival commemorating the New Testament story of the massacre of the ‘Innocents’, by playing practical jokes, or inocentadas, on one another. The classic inocentada is to hang paper dolls on someone's back without their knowing. Spoof news stories also appear in newspapers and the media
    In Latin America and Spain, Labor Day is celebrated on May Day. In many Latin American countries, where workers still suffer greatly from low wages and bad working conditions, May Day celebrations often have strong overtones of protest
    Celebrated on November 1, is a day on when people place flowers on the graves of loved ones. In Mexico it is common to hold a party by the grave. A feast is prepared, in which the dead person is symbolically included
    * * *
    = date, day.
    Ex. This access is achieved by organising the tools so that a user may search under a specific access point or heading or index term, for example, subject term, author, name, title, date.
    Ex. Most host are not available twenty-four hours a day, seven days of the week.
    ----
    * 24 horas al día = around the clock.
    * 365 días al año = year-round.
    * acabar + Posesivo + días en = end up + Posesivo + days in.
    * a cualquier hora del día o de la noche = at any hour of the day or night, at any time of the day or night.
    * a día de hoy = as of today.
    * a la luz del día = in the light of day.
    * al despuntar el día = at the crack of dawn.
    * al día = in step, paid-up, in good standing.
    * al día de = in step with.
    * al día de hoy = as of today.
    * al día siguiente = the next day.
    * alegrarle el día a Alguien = brighten up + Posesivo + day, make + Posesivo + day.
    * al final del día = at the close of the day.
    * algún día = one day.
    * al romper el día = at the crack of dawn.
    * a medida que + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a plena luz del día = in broad daylight.
    * a un día de distancia de = one day away from.
    * barba de tres días = stubble beard, stubble.
    * barba de tres días de moda = designer stubble.
    * billete para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * buenos días = good morning.
    * cada día = every day.
    * cada día que pasa = each passing day.
    * cada dos días = every other day.
    * centro de día = day care centre, day centre.
    * centro de día para mayores = day centre for the elderly.
    * como el día y la noche = worlds apart, like oil and water, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como la noche y el día = like oil and water, worlds apart, like apples and oranges.
    * conforme + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * conforme + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * conforme + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].
    * de cinco días de duración = five-day.
    * de cuatro días de duración = four-day.
    * de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * de día a día = from day to day.
    * de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.
    * de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].
    * de hoy día = of today.
    * de hoy en día = of today.
    * dejar Algo para otro día = take + a rain cheque.
    * del día o de la noche = day or night.
    * de medio día de duración = half-day [half day].
    * de + Número + días de duración = Número + day-long.
    * de puesta al día = top-up.
    * desde el primer día = from day one.
    * desde ese día = since that day.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal + hasta hoy día = from + Expresión Temporal + up to the present day.
    * de una día de duración = one-day.
    * de un día de duración = day-long, full-day.
    * día abrasador = scorcher.
    * día aburrido = dull day.
    * día a día = day by day.
    * día a día de, el = day-to-day running of, the.
    * día a día, el = daily situation.
    * día caluroso = scorcher.
    * día corriente = ordinary day.
    * Día de Acción de Gracias = Thanksgiving.
    * día de compras = shopping trip.
    * día de descanso = holiday.
    * día de entre semana = weekday.
    * día de fiesta = holiday, public holiday.
    * día de la apertura = opening day.
    * día de la boda = wedding day.
    * día de la inauguración = opening day.
    * día de la madre, el = Mother's Day, Mothering Sunday.
    * día de las elecciones = election day.
    * Día de la Tierra = Earth Day.
    * día de la votación = election day.
    * día del deporte = sports day.
    * día del Juicio Final = doomsday, Judgement Day.
    * día de lluvia = rainy day.
    * Día de los Caídos = Memorial Day.
    * día de los enamorados, el = St. Valentine's Day.
    * día de los Reyes Magos, el = Epiphany, the.
    * Día de los (Santos) Inocentes, el = April Fools' Day.
    * día de los trabajadores = Labour Day.
    * día del padre, el = Father's Day.
    * día del trabajo = Labour Day.
    * día de mucho calor = scorcher.
    * día de Navidad = Christmas Day.
    * día de perros = bad hair day.
    * día de San Valentín, el = St. Valentine's Day.
    * día de sol = sunny day.
    * Día de Todos los Santos = All Saints' Day.
    * día de trabajo = working day.
    * día de un santo = saint's day.
    * día de verano = summer day.
    * día escolar = school day.
    * día especial = red-letter day.
    * día + estar por llegar = day + be + yet to come.
    * día festivo = holiday, public holiday, bank holiday.
    * día funesto = bad hair day.
    * día hábil = business day, workday, weekday, working day.
    * día internacional de los trabajadores = Labour Day.
    * día internacional del trabajo = Labour Day.
    * día laborable = workday, business day, weekday, working day.
    * día libre = day off.
    * día libre por trabajo extra = compensatory day off.
    * día lluvioso = rainy day.
    * día malo = bad hair day.
    * día memorable = red-letter day.
    * día normal = ordinary day.
    * día que pasa = passing day.
    * día + romper = day + break.
    * día señalado = red-letter day.
    * día soleado = sunny day.
    * días universitarios = school days.
    * día tras día = day after day, day in and day out, day by day.
    * día veraniego = summer day.
    * día y noche = round the clock, day and night, night and day, around the clock.
    * durante días = for days.
    * durante días y días = for days on end.
    * durante el día = by day, by day, daytime [day-time], in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * durante todo el día = all day long.
    * echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * echársele a Uno el día encima = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.
    * en días alternos = every other day.
    * en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.
    * en el orden del día = on the agenda.
    * en estos días = today, these days.
    * en los próximos días = in the next few days, over the next few days.
    * en los últimos días = in recent days.
    * en pleno día = in broad daylight.
    * en su día = in its day.
    * entrada para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.
    * estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estos días = these days.
    * excursión de un día de duración = day trip.
    * excursionista de día = day hiker.
    * excursionista de un día = day-tripper.
    * exponer a la luz del día = expose to + daylight.
    * flor de un día = flash in the pan.
    * ganarse el pan de cada día = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * hace unos cuantos días = a few days ago.
    * hace unos días = a few days ago.
    * hace unos pocos días = a few days ago.
    * hospital de día = day hospital.
    * hoy día = nowadays, present day, the, today, in this day and age.
    * hoy en día = in this day and age, at the present time.
    * inscripción por un día = day registration.
    * la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.
    * leche del día = fresh milk.
    * los 365 días del año = year-round.
    * los días antes de = leading up to.
    * luz del día = daylight.
    * mal día = bad hair day.
    * mantenerse al día = keep up to + date (with), keep up with + the current scene, keep + current.
    * mantenerse al día de = keep + abreast of, keep + pace with, keep up with, stay + abreast of, keep + a finger on the pulse of, stay in + step with, keep in + step with, keep + step with.
    * mantenerse al día de las noticias = keep up with + the news.
    * mantenerse al día de los avances = track + developments.
    * más largo que un día sin pan = as long as (my/your) arm.
    * medio día = one-half day.
    * menú del día = table d'hote, set menu.
    * noche y día = day and night, night and day.
    * Número + al día = Número + a day.
    * orden del día = agenda.
    * pasar los días = spend + Posesivo + days.
    * permanentemente los siete días de la semana = 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
    * píldora del día después = morning-after pill.
    * poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.
    * poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.
    * ponerse al día de = catch up on.
    * ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.
    * ponerse al día en = catch up with.
    * por el día = daytime [day-time], during the daytime, in the daytime, during daytime.
    * por el día o por la noche = day or night.
    * por el día y por la noche = night and day.
    * por el día y por la noche = day and night.
    * puesta al día = catch-up [catchup], updatability, update [up-date].
    * puesta al día del personal = staff development.
    * punto del orden del día = agenda item.
    * seguir al día = remain on top of.
    * ser como el día y la noche = different as night and day.
    * servicio de atención de día = day care.
    * servicio de cuidado de día = day care.
    * sesión de puesta al día = briefing session.
    * sin afeitar desde hace varios días = stubbly [stubblier -comp., stubbliest -sup.].
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener un buen día = have + a good day.
    * tener un día muy largo = have + a long day.
    * tener un mal día = have + a bad day.
    * ticket para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * todo el día = all day, all day long, around the clock.
    * todo el santo día = all day long.
    * todos los días = daily, on a daily basis, every day, day in and day out.
    * tomarse unos días de asuntos propios = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.
    * tomarse unos días de descanso = take + a break from work.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso = take + a leave of absence.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off work.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off, take + time out.
    * tomarse unos días de vacaciones = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.
    * trabajar de día y de noche = work + day and night.
    * trabajar día y noche = work + Reflexivo + to the ground, work + Reflexivo + to death, work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar las veinticuatro horas del día = work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * trabajar noche y día = work + day and night.
    * un día de descanso = a day away from.
    * un día fuera = a day out.
    * un día haciendo algo diferente = a day away from.
    * un día normal = on a typical day.
    * un día sí y otro no = every other day.
    * un día sí y otro también = day in and day out.
    * un día tras otro = day after day.
    * un día y medio = one and a half days.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * veinticuatro horas al día, siete días a la semana, 365 días al año = 24/7, 24/7/365.
    * ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.
    * visitante turístico de un día = day-tripper.
    * visita turística de una día de duración = day trip.
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.
    * * *
    1)

    el día anterior — the day before, the previous day

    el día siguiente — the next o the following day

    el día de ayer/hoy — (frml) yesterday/today

    una vez/dos veces al día — once/twice a day

    un día sí y otro no — every other day, on alternate days

    día (de) por medio — (AmL) every other day, on alternate days

    dentro de quince días — in two weeks o (BrE) a fortnight

    buenos días or (RPl) buen día — good morning

    al día: estoy al día en los pagos I'm up to date with the payments; ponerse al día con algo <noticias/trabajo> to get up to date on/with something; ponga al día su correspondencia bring your correspondence up to date; de un día para otro overnight, from one day to the next; día y noche day and night, continually; hoy en día nowadays, these days; mantenerse al día to keep abreast of things, keep up to date; todo el santo día all day long; se pasa todo el santo día en el teléfono he's on the phone all day long; vivir al día — to live from hand to mouth

    b) ( jornada) day

    trabajan cuatro días a la semana — they work four days a week, they work a four-day week

    c) ( fecha)

    ¿qué día es hoy? — what day is it today?

    hasta el día 5 de junio — until June fifth, until the fifth of June

    2) ( horas de luz) day

    al caer el día — at dusk, at twilight

    de día claro — (Chi) in broad daylight

    hasta otro día! — so long!, see you!

    en su día: se lo contaré en su día I'll tell him in due course; dio lugar a un gran escándalo en su día it caused a huge scandal in its day o time; un buen día — one fine day

    4) días masculino plural (vida, tiempo) days (pl)

    tiene los días contados — his days are numbered, he won't last long

    estar en sus días — (Méx fam) to have one's period

    hace un día nublado/caluroso — it's cloudy/hot

    •• Cultural note:
    &rarrow; Día de la Raza
    In Latin America, the anniversary of Columbus's discovery of America, October 12. In Spain it is known as día de la Hispanidad. It symbolizes the cultural ties shared by Spanish-speaking countries
    On December 28 people in the Spanish-speaking world celebrate the Feast of the Holy Innocents, a religious festival commemorating the New Testament story of the massacre of the ‘Innocents’, by playing practical jokes, or inocentadas, on one another. The classic inocentada is to hang paper dolls on someone's back without their knowing. Spoof news stories also appear in newspapers and the media
    In Latin America and Spain, Labor Day is celebrated on May Day. In many Latin American countries, where workers still suffer greatly from low wages and bad working conditions, May Day celebrations often have strong overtones of protest
    Celebrated on November 1, is a day on when people place flowers on the graves of loved ones. In Mexico it is common to hold a party by the grave. A feast is prepared, in which the dead person is symbolically included
    * * *
    = date, day.

    Ex: This access is achieved by organising the tools so that a user may search under a specific access point or heading or index term, for example, subject term, author, name, title, date.

    Ex: Most host are not available twenty-four hours a day, seven days of the week.
    * 24 horas al día = around the clock.
    * 365 días al año = year-round.
    * acabar + Posesivo + días en = end up + Posesivo + days in.
    * a cualquier hora del día o de la noche = at any hour of the day or night, at any time of the day or night.
    * a día de hoy = as of today.
    * a la luz del día = in the light of day.
    * al despuntar el día = at the crack of dawn.
    * al día = in step, paid-up, in good standing.
    * al día de = in step with.
    * al día de hoy = as of today.
    * al día siguiente = the next day.
    * alegrarle el día a Alguien = brighten up + Posesivo + day, make + Posesivo + day.
    * al final del día = at the close of the day.
    * algún día = one day.
    * al romper el día = at the crack of dawn.
    * a medida que + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a medida que + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * a plena luz del día = in broad daylight.
    * a un día de distancia de = one day away from.
    * barba de tres días = stubble beard, stubble.
    * barba de tres días de moda = designer stubble.
    * billete para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * buenos días = good morning.
    * cada día = every day.
    * cada día que pasa = each passing day.
    * cada dos días = every other day.
    * centro de día = day care centre, day centre.
    * centro de día para mayores = day centre for the elderly.
    * como el día y la noche = worlds apart, like oil and water, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como la noche y el día = like oil and water, worlds apart, like apples and oranges.
    * conforme + avanzar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * conforme + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * conforme + transcurrir + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].
    * de cinco días de duración = five-day.
    * de cuatro días de duración = four-day.
    * de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * de día a día = from day to day.
    * de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.
    * de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].
    * de hoy día = of today.
    * de hoy en día = of today.
    * dejar Algo para otro día = take + a rain cheque.
    * del día o de la noche = day or night.
    * de medio día de duración = half-day [half day].
    * de + Número + días de duración = Número + day-long.
    * de puesta al día = top-up.
    * desde el primer día = from day one.
    * desde ese día = since that day.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal + hasta hoy día = from + Expresión Temporal + up to the present day.
    * de una día de duración = one-day.
    * de un día de duración = day-long, full-day.
    * día abrasador = scorcher.
    * día aburrido = dull day.
    * día a día = day by day.
    * día a día de, el = day-to-day running of, the.
    * día a día, el = daily situation.
    * día caluroso = scorcher.
    * día corriente = ordinary day.
    * Día de Acción de Gracias = Thanksgiving.
    * día de compras = shopping trip.
    * día de descanso = holiday.
    * día de entre semana = weekday.
    * día de fiesta = holiday, public holiday.
    * día de la apertura = opening day.
    * día de la boda = wedding day.
    * día de la inauguración = opening day.
    * día de la madre, el = Mother's Day, Mothering Sunday.
    * día de las elecciones = election day.
    * Día de la Tierra = Earth Day.
    * día de la votación = election day.
    * día del deporte = sports day.
    * día del Juicio Final = doomsday, Judgement Day.
    * día de lluvia = rainy day.
    * Día de los Caídos = Memorial Day.
    * día de los enamorados, el = St. Valentine's Day.
    * día de los Reyes Magos, el = Epiphany, the.
    * Día de los (Santos) Inocentes, el = April Fools' Day.
    * día de los trabajadores = Labour Day.
    * día del padre, el = Father's Day.
    * día del trabajo = Labour Day.
    * día de mucho calor = scorcher.
    * día de Navidad = Christmas Day.
    * día de perros = bad hair day.
    * día de San Valentín, el = St. Valentine's Day.
    * día de sol = sunny day.
    * Día de Todos los Santos = All Saints' Day.
    * día de trabajo = working day.
    * día de un santo = saint's day.
    * día de verano = summer day.
    * día escolar = school day.
    * día especial = red-letter day.
    * día + estar por llegar = day + be + yet to come.
    * día festivo = holiday, public holiday, bank holiday.
    * día funesto = bad hair day.
    * día hábil = business day, workday, weekday, working day.
    * día internacional de los trabajadores = Labour Day.
    * día internacional del trabajo = Labour Day.
    * día laborable = workday, business day, weekday, working day.
    * día libre = day off.
    * día libre por trabajo extra = compensatory day off.
    * día lluvioso = rainy day.
    * día malo = bad hair day.
    * día memorable = red-letter day.
    * día normal = ordinary day.
    * día que pasa = passing day.
    * día + romper = day + break.
    * día señalado = red-letter day.
    * día soleado = sunny day.
    * días universitarios = school days.
    * día tras día = day after day, day in and day out, day by day.
    * día veraniego = summer day.
    * día y noche = round the clock, day and night, night and day, around the clock.
    * durante días = for days.
    * durante días y días = for days on end.
    * durante el día = by day, by day, daytime [day-time], in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * durante todo el día = all day long.
    * echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * echársele a Uno el día encima = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.
    * en días alternos = every other day.
    * en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.
    * en el orden del día = on the agenda.
    * en estos días = today, these days.
    * en los próximos días = in the next few days, over the next few days.
    * en los últimos días = in recent days.
    * en pleno día = in broad daylight.
    * en su día = in its day.
    * entrada para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.
    * estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estos días = these days.
    * excursión de un día de duración = day trip.
    * excursionista de día = day hiker.
    * excursionista de un día = day-tripper.
    * exponer a la luz del día = expose to + daylight.
    * flor de un día = flash in the pan.
    * ganarse el pan de cada día = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * hace unos cuantos días = a few days ago.
    * hace unos días = a few days ago.
    * hace unos pocos días = a few days ago.
    * hospital de día = day hospital.
    * hoy día = nowadays, present day, the, today, in this day and age.
    * hoy en día = in this day and age, at the present time.
    * inscripción por un día = day registration.
    * la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.
    * leche del día = fresh milk.
    * los 365 días del año = year-round.
    * los días antes de = leading up to.
    * luz del día = daylight.
    * mal día = bad hair day.
    * mantenerse al día = keep up to + date (with), keep up with + the current scene, keep + current.
    * mantenerse al día de = keep + abreast of, keep + pace with, keep up with, stay + abreast of, keep + a finger on the pulse of, stay in + step with, keep in + step with, keep + step with.
    * mantenerse al día de las noticias = keep up with + the news.
    * mantenerse al día de los avances = track + developments.
    * más largo que un día sin pan = as long as (my/your) arm.
    * medio día = one-half day.
    * menú del día = table d'hote, set menu.
    * noche y día = day and night, night and day.
    * Número + al día = Número + a day.
    * orden del día = agenda.
    * pasar los días = spend + Posesivo + days.
    * permanentemente los siete días de la semana = 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
    * píldora del día después = morning-after pill.
    * poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.
    * poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.
    * ponerse al día de = catch up on.
    * ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.
    * ponerse al día en = catch up with.
    * por el día = daytime [day-time], during the daytime, in the daytime, during daytime.
    * por el día o por la noche = day or night.
    * por el día y por la noche = night and day.
    * por el día y por la noche = day and night.
    * puesta al día = catch-up [catchup], updatability, update [up-date].
    * puesta al día del personal = staff development.
    * punto del orden del día = agenda item.
    * seguir al día = remain on top of.
    * ser como el día y la noche = different as night and day.
    * servicio de atención de día = day care.
    * servicio de cuidado de día = day care.
    * sesión de puesta al día = briefing session.
    * sin afeitar desde hace varios días = stubbly [stubblier -comp., stubbliest -sup.].
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener un buen día = have + a good day.
    * tener un día muy largo = have + a long day.
    * tener un mal día = have + a bad day.
    * ticket para otro día = rain cheque [rain check, -USA].
    * todo el día = all day, all day long, around the clock.
    * todo el santo día = all day long.
    * todos los días = daily, on a daily basis, every day, day in and day out.
    * tomarse unos días de asuntos propios = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.
    * tomarse unos días de descanso = take + a break from work.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso = take + a leave of absence.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off work.
    * tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off, take + time out.
    * tomarse unos días de vacaciones = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.
    * trabajar de día y de noche = work + day and night.
    * trabajar día y noche = work + Reflexivo + to the ground, work + Reflexivo + to death, work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar las veinticuatro horas del día = work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.
    * trabajar noche y día = work + day and night.
    * un día de descanso = a day away from.
    * un día fuera = a day out.
    * un día haciendo algo diferente = a day away from.
    * un día normal = on a typical day.
    * un día sí y otro no = every other day.
    * un día sí y otro también = day in and day out.
    * un día tras otro = day after day.
    * un día y medio = one and a half days.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * veinticuatro horas al día, siete días a la semana, 365 días al año = 24/7, 24/7/365.
    * ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.
    * visitante turístico de un día = day-tripper.
    * visita turística de una día de duración = day trip.
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.

    * * *
    A
    ¿qué día es hoy? what day is it today?
    todos los días every day
    no es algo que pase todos los días it's not something that happens every day, it's not an everyday occurrence
    el día anterior the day before, the previous day
    el día siguiente era domingo the next o the following day was Sunday
    al día siguiente or al otro día volvió a suceder it happened again the following o the next day
    el día de ayer/hoy ( frml); yesterday/today
    una vez/dos veces al día once/twice a day
    trabaja doce horas por día she works twelve hours a day, she works a twelve-hour day
    un día sí y otro no every other day, on alternate days
    día (de) por medio ( AmL); every other day, on alternate days
    dentro de quince días in two weeks o ( BrE) a fortnight
    el otro día la vi I saw her the other day
    está cada día más delgado he gets thinner every day o with every day that passes
    viene cada día a quejarse he comes here every day to complain
    la lucha de cada día the daily struggle
    buenos días or ( RPl) buen día good morning
    día a día lo veía envejecer day by day she saw him getting older
    le entregaba día a día una cantidad determinada he gave her a certain amount of money every day o daily o on a daily basis
    día tras día day after day
    al día: ¿tienes el trabajo al día? is your work all up to date?
    estoy al día en los pagos I'm up to date with the payments
    está siempre al día con las noticias he's always well up on the news
    ponga al día su correspondencia bring your correspondence up to date
    ponerse al día con algo (con las noticias) to get up to date with sth; (con el trabajo) to catch up on sth
    el día a día the daily round o routine
    (de) tal día hará un año see if I/we care
    de un día para otro overnight, from one day to the next
    día y noche day and night, continually
    hoy en día nowadays, these days
    mantenerse al día to keep abreast of things, keep up to date
    todo el santo día all day long
    se pasa todo el santo día hablando por teléfono he's on the phone all day long, he spends the whole day on the phone
    2 (jornada) day
    trabajan cuatro días a la semana they work four days a week, they work a four-day week
    un día laborable de 8 horas an eight-hour working day
    (fecha): la reunión que tuvo lugar el día 17 the meeting which took place on the 17th
    empieza el día dos it starts on the second
    hasta el día 5 de junio until June fifth, until the fifth of June
    pan del día fresh bread, bread baked today
    vivir al día to live from hand to mouth
    orden2 (↑ orden (2)), menú
    Compuestos:
    day of reckoning
    el día de Año Nuevo New Year's Day
    day off
    weekday
    (de pedido) delivery date; (de trabajo, tarea) deadline; (de solicitudes) closing date
    el día de entrega de regalos es el 24 de diciembre the date for giving presents is December 24
    weekday
    day of atonement
    holiday
    ( Esp): el día de la Hispanidad Columbus Day; Día de la Raza (↑ día aa1)
    independence day
    Mother's Day
    ( AmL): el día de la raza Columbus Day
    el día del juicio final Judgment Day, the Day of Judgment
    (national) book day
    gay pride day
    el día del Señor the Lord's Day
    ● día del trabajo or de los trabajadores
    el día del trabajo or de los trabajadores Labor* day
    Día del Trabajo (↑ día aaaa1)
    ( Esp): el día de los difuntos All Souls' Day
    Día de todos los Santos or (in Spain) de los Difuntos or (in Latin America) de los Muertos (↑ día aaaaa1)
    (St) Valentine's Day
    December 28 ( day when people play practical jokes on each other), ≈ April Fool's Day Día de los (Santos) Inocentes (↑ día aaa1)
    ( AmL): el día de los muertos All Souls' Day
    Día de todos los Santos or (in Spain) de los Difuntos or (in Latin America) de los Muertos (↑ día aaaaa1)
    el día de San Valentín (St) Valentine's Day
    Día de todos los Santos or (in Spain) de los Difuntos or (in Latin America) de los Muertos (↑ día aaaaa1)
    (de carnet, licencia) expiration date ( AmE), expiry date ( BrE); (de intereses, letra, pago) due date; (de plazo) closing date
    ● día festivo or ( AmL tb) feriado
    public holiday
    working day
    working day
    school ( o college etc) day
    (sin trabajo) day off; (sin compromisos) free day
    sidereal day
    solar day
    calendar days
    duerme durante el día it sleeps during the day o daytime
    ya era de día it was already light o day
    al caer el día at dusk, at twilight
    nunca ve la luz del día he never sees the daylight
    en pleno día in broad daylight
    de día claro ( Chi); in broad daylight
    tienes que pasar por casa un día you must drop in sometime o some day o one day
    si un día te aburres y te quieres ir … if one day you get fed up and you want to leave …
    ya me lo agradecerás algún día you'll thank me for it one day
    el día que tengas hijos, sabrás lo que es when you have children of your own, you'll know just what it involves
    ¿cuándo será el día que te vea entusiasmada? when will I ever see you show some enthusiasm?
    si el plan se realiza algún día if the plan is ever put into effect, if the plan is one day put into effect
    lo haremos otro día we'll do it another o some other time
    un día de estos one of these days
    ¡hasta otro día! so long!, see you!
    ¡cualquier día! ( iró): podríamos invitarlos a cenar — ¡cualquier día! we could have them round for dinner — over my dead body!
    cualquier día vuelvo yo a prestarle el coche that's the last time I lend him the car, no way will I ever lend him the car again! ( colloq)
    quizás nos ofrece más dinero — ¡cualquier día! maybe he'll offer us more money — sure, and pigs might fly! ( iro)
    el día menos pensado when you least expect it
    en su día: compraremos las provisiones en su día we'll buy our supplies later on o in due course
    dio lugar a un gran escándalo en su día it caused a huge scandal in its day o time
    un buen día one fine day
    D días mpl (vida, tiempo) days (pl)
    tiene los días contados his days are numbered, he won't last long
    desde el siglo XVII hasta nuestros días from the 17th Century to the present day
    en días de tu bisabuelo back in your great-grandfather's day o time
    estar en sus días ( Méx fam); to have one's period
    hace un día nublado/caluroso it's a cloudy/hot day, it's cloudy/hot
    * * *

     

    día sustantivo masculino
    1


    día a día day by day;
    de or durante el día during the day;
    el día anterior the day before, the previous day;
    el día siguiente the next o the following day;
    trabaja doce horas por día she works twelve hours a day;
    un día sí y otro no or (AmL) día (de) por medio every other day, on alternate days;
    dentro de quince días in two weeks o (BrE) a fortnight;
    cada día every day;
    buenos días or (RPl) buen día good morning;
    al día: una vez al día once a day;
    estoy al día en los pagos I'm up to date with the payments;
    poner algo al día to bring sth up to date;
    ponerse al día con algo ( con noticias) to get up to date with sth;

    ( con trabajo) to catch up on sth;
    ◊ mantenerse al día to keep up to date;

    de un día para otro overnight;
    hoy en día nowadays, these days
    b) ( fecha):

    ◊ ¿qué día es hoy? what day is it today?;

    empieza el día dos it starts on the second;
    el día de Año Nuevo New Year's Day;
    día de los enamorados (St) Valentine's Day;
    día de los inocentes December 28, ≈ April Fool's Day;
    día de Reyes Epiphany;
    día festivo or (AmL) feriado public holiday;
    día laborable working day;
    día libre ( sin trabajo) day off;

    ( sin compromisos) free day
    2


    lo haremos otro día we'll do it some other time;
    un día de estos one of these days;
    ¡hasta otro día! so long!, see you!;
    el día menos pensado when you least expect it
    b)

    ◊ días sustantivo masculino plural (vida, tiempo) days (pl);

    tiene los días contados his days are numbered;
    hasta nuestros días (up) to the present day
    día sustantivo masculino day
    una vez al día, once a day
    (fecha) ¿qué día es hoy?, what's the date today?
    (estado del tiempo) hace buen/mal día, it's a nice/bad day o the weather is nice/bad today
    (periodo de luz diurna) daytime, daylight: duerme durante el día y trabaja por la noche, she sleeps during the daytime and works at night
    (momento, ocasión) el día que me toque la lotería, the day I win the lottery
    se lo diré otro día, I'll tell him some other day
    Día de la Madre, Mothers' Day
    día festivo, holiday
    día hábil/ laborable, working day
    día lectivo, school day
    día libre, free day, day off
    día natural, day
    ♦ Locuciones: al día, up to date
    día a día, day by day
    de día, by day, during daylight
    de un día para otro, overnight
    del día, fresh
    día y noche, twenty-four hours a day, constantly
    el día de mañana, in the future
    el otro día, the other day
    hoy (en) día, nowadays
    ' día' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - actual
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - anochecer
    - anterior
    - asueto
    - barriga
    - bastante
    - bocado
    - bregar
    - cada
    - caer
    - cascar
    - cháchara
    - comida
    - concebir
    - danza
    - de
    - dejar
    - descanso
    - desgraciada
    - desgraciado
    - después
    - despuntar
    - devenir
    - disgusto
    - dos
    - durante
    - encerrarse
    - encima
    - estar
    - fastidiarse
    - festiva
    - festivo
    - fiesta
    - fijar
    - flipar
    - flor
    - gay
    - golfa
    - golfo
    - gozosa
    - gozoso
    - hasta
    - histórica
    - histórico
    - hoy
    - infeliz
    - inocentada
    English:
    A
    - abreast
    - act up
    - adjourn
    - after
    - agenda
    - all
    - antisexist
    - any
    - April Fools' Day
    - aspire
    - average
    - bad
    - before
    - Boxing Day
    - bread
    - break
    - bright
    - brightness
    - by
    - carry over
    - catch up
    - Christmas Day
    - clear
    - clock
    - close
    - commute
    - coop up
    - crack
    - cranberry
    - cream
    - daily
    - date
    - dawn
    - day
    - day off
    - day shift
    - day trip
    - daylight
    - daytime
    - delightful
    - dinner
    - disastrous
    - do
    - doomsday
    - dream
    - entire
    - eruption
    - escape
    - event
    * * *
    día nm
    1. [periodo de tiempo] day;
    un día de campo a day out in the countryside;
    todos los días every day;
    tres veces al día three times a day;
    iremos unos días a la playa we're going to the seaside for a few days;
    el referéndum se celebrará el día 25 de abril the referendum will take place on 25 April;
    un día martes one Tuesday;
    me voy el día 8 I'm going on the 8th;
    me pagan el primer día de cada mes I get paid on the first of each month;
    ¿a qué día estamos? what day is it today?;
    al día siguiente (on) the following day;
    a los pocos días a few days later;
    al otro día the next day, the day after;
    el otro día the other day;
    un día sí y otro no every other day;
    Fam Hum Am
    día por medio every other day;
    algún día me lo agradecerás you'll thank me some day;
    tienes que venir por casa algún día you should come round some time o one day;
    ¡buenos días!, RP [m5]¡buen día! good morning!;
    un día me voy a enfadar one of these days I'm going to get angry;
    cualquier o [m5] un día de éstos one of these days;
    el día de mañana in the future;
    el día menos pensado… when you least expect it…;
    el día que se entere, nos mata when he finds out, he'll kill us;
    de día en día, día a día from day to day, day by day;
    se recuperó de un día a o [m5] para otro he recovered overnight o from one day to the next;
    día tras día, Méx [m5] día con día day after day;
    Méx Fam
    estar en sus días to be having one's period;
    este pan está seco, no es del día this bread's stale, it's not fresh;
    ha sido la noticia del día it was the news of the day;
    en su día: en su día te lo explicaré I'll explain it to you in due course;
    en su día les advertí que esa inversión sería imposible I told them at the time that the investment would be impossible;
    la pintura abstracta no fue valorada en su día in its day abstract art wasn't highly thought of;
    hoy (en) día these days, nowadays;
    hoy no es mi día, todo me sale mal it isn't my day today, I seem to be doing everything wrong;
    mañana será otro día tomorrow's another day;
    tener un buen/mal día to have a good/bad day;
    has estado todo el (santo) día protestando you've been complaining all day (long), you've spent the whole day complaining;
    no ha parado de llover en todo el (santo) día it hasn't stopped raining all day;
    Fam
    un día es un día this is a special occasion;
    Fam
    tener mis/tus/sus/etc.[m5] días: ¿qué tal es tu compañero de casa? – tiene sus días what's your flatmate like? – he has his moments;
    vivir al día to live from hand to mouth
    día de Año Nuevo New Year's Day; RP Fam el día del arquero when pigs learn to fly;
    día de asueto day off;
    día de ayuno holy day;
    Ferroc día azul = cheap day for rail travel in Spain; Esp día de la banderita Red Cross Day; RP día del canillita = day on which newspaper sellers do not work;
    día de colegio school day;
    día D D-day;
    día de descanso [en competición deportiva] rest day;
    Com día de deuda pay-by date; Esp Día de Difuntos All Souls' Day;
    día de los enamorados (St) Valentine's Day;
    día del espectador = day when some cinemas sell tickets at a discount;
    día festivo (public) holiday;
    día de fiesta holiday;
    RP Fam día del golero when pigs learn to fly; Com días de gracia days of grace;
    día de guardar holy day;
    día hábil working day, US workday;
    Día de la Hispanidad = day celebrating Columbus's landing in America [12 October], US ≈ Columbus Day;
    día de huelga day of action;
    Día de los Inocentes 28 December, ≈ April Fools' Day;
    el día del Juicio:
    Fam
    hasta el día del Juicio until doomsday;
    el Día del Juicio Final Judgement Day;
    día laborable working day, US workday;
    día lectivo school o teaching day;
    día libre day off;
    día de la madre Mother's Day;
    Am Día de los Muertos All Souls' Day;
    día del padre Father's Day;
    día de pago payday;
    Am día patrio national holiday [commemorating important historical event]; Am Día de la Raza = day commemorating Columbus's landing in America [12 October], US ≈ Columbus Day;
    Día de Reyes Epiphany [6 January, day on which children receive presents];
    Ferroc día rojo = day on which rail travel is more expensive in Spain;
    Día de San Valentín (St) Valentine's Day;
    RP día sándwich = day between a public holiday and a weekend, which is also taken as a holiday; Esp Día de los Santos Difuntos All Souls' Day;
    día señalado red-letter day;
    el Día del Señor Corpus Christi;
    Día de Todos los Santos All Saints' Day;
    día del trabajador Labour Day;
    día de trabajo working day, US workday;
    me pagan por día de trabajo I get paid for each day's work;
    día útil working day, US workday;
    día de vigilia day of abstinence
    2. [luz diurna] daytime, day;
    los días son más cortos en invierno the days are shorter in winter;
    al caer el día at dusk;
    al despuntar o [m5] romper el día at daybreak o dawn;
    día y noche day and night;
    en pleno día, a plena luz del día in broad daylight;
    de día in the daytime, during the day;
    es de día it's daytime;
    despierta, ya es de día wake up, it's morning o it's already light;
    hacer algo de día to do sth in the daytime o during the day;
    como el día a la noche: son tan parecidos como el día a la noche they are as like as chalk and cheese
    3. [tiempo atmosférico] day;
    un día lluvioso a rainy day;
    hacía un día caluroso/invernal it was a hot/wintry day;
    hace un día estupendo para pasear it's a lovely day for a walk, it's lovely weather for walking;
    hace buen/mal día it's a lovely/dismal day;
    mañana hará un mal día tomorrow the weather will be bad;
    ¿qué tal día hace? what's the weather like today?
    4.
    días [tiempo, vida] days;
    desde entonces hasta nuestros días from that time until the present;
    en los días de la República in the days of the Republic;
    en mis días in my day;
    en aquellos días no había televisión in those days we didn't have television;
    en aquellos días de felicidad in those happy times;
    terminó sus días en la pobreza he ended his days in poverty;
    no pasar los días por o [m5]para alguien: los días no pasan por o [m5] para ella she doesn't look her age;
    tener los días contados: el régimen/tigre de Bengala tiene los días contados the regime's/Bengal tiger's days are numbered
    5. [tanto, corriente]
    estar al día to be up to date;
    está al día de todo lo que ocurre en la región she's up to date with everything that's going on in the region;
    estamos al día de todos nuestros pagos we're up to date with all our payments;
    poner algo/a alguien al día to update sth/sb;
    ya me han puesto al día sobre la situación de la empresa they've already updated me o filled me in on the company's situation;
    tenemos que poner este informe al día we have to update this report o bring this report up to date;
    se ha puesto al día de los últimos acontecimientos he's caught up with the latest developments
    * * *
    m
    ¿qué día es hoy?, ¿a qué día estamos? what day is it today?;
    al día siguiente the following o next day, the day after;
    el otro día the other day;
    un día sí y otro no every other day;
    un día sí y otro también every day, day in day out;
    día por medio every other day;
    día tras día day after day;
    para otro from one day to the next;
    de día en día from day to day;
    todo el santo día all day long;
    todos los días every day;
    de hoy en ocho días a week from today o from now;
    a los pocos días a few days later;
    mañana será otro día tomorrow’s another day
    :
    al día up to date;
    poner al día update, bring up to date
    3
    :
    de día by day, during the day;
    ya es de día it’s light already;
    se hizo de día dawn o day broke;
    día y noche night and day;
    ¡buenos días! good morning!
    4
    :
    hace mal día tiempo it’s a nasty day
    5
    :
    algún día, un día some day, one day;
    un día de estos one of these days;
    un día es un día this is a special occasion;
    el día menos pensado when you least expect it;
    el día de mañana in the future, one day;
    el día a día the day-to-day routine;
    hoy en día nowadays;
    en su día in due course;
    tiene sus días contados his/her/its days are numbered;
    ¡hasta otro día! see you around!;
    del día pan fresh
    * * *
    día nm
    1) : day
    todos los días: every day
    2) : daytime, daylight
    de día: by day, in the daytime
    en pleno día: in broad daylight
    3)
    al día : up-to-date
    4)
    en su día : in due time
    * * *
    día n
    ¿qué día es hoy? what day is it today?
    2. (horas de luz) daytime / daylight

    Spanish-English dictionary > día

  • 10 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 11 próximo

    adj.
    1 next, coming, forthcoming, upcoming.
    2 nearby, near, nearest, neighboring.
    * * *
    1 (cerca) near
    * * *
    (f. - próxima)
    adj.
    1) next, forthcoming
    2) near
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) (=cercano) near, close; [pariente] close

    en fecha próxima — soon, at an early date

    estar próximo a algo — to be close to sth, be near sth

    estar próximo a hacer algo — to be on the point of doing sth, be about to do sth

    2) (=siguiente) next
    * * *
    - ma adjetivo
    1)
    a) ( siguiente) next
    b) (como pron)
    2) [ESTAR] ( cercano)
    a) ( en el tiempo) close, near

    estar próximo A + INF — to be close to + ing, to be about to + inf

    b) ( en el espacio) near, close

    próximo A algo — close o near to something

    * * *
    = adjacent, adjoining, close [closer -comp., closest -sup.], forthcoming, immediate, next + Expresión Temporal, sorrounding, neighbour [neighbor, -USA], coming, near-side, in sight, over the horizon, on the horizon, proximate.
    Ex. Before him there are the two items to be joined, projected onto adjacent viewing positions.
    Ex. The library is poorly sited outside the shopping centre and on the brow of a hill, and faces competition from adjoining libraries.
    Ex. Superior cataloguing may result, since more consistency and closer adherence to standard codes are likely to emerge with cataloguers who spend all of their time cataloguing, than with a librarian who tackles cataloguing as one of various professional tasks.
    Ex. Following internal discussion, it was agreed that a new library should be given the University's top priority in any forthcoming capital building project.
    Ex. This system offers immediate access when required by users and staff, preferably several users at the same time.
    Ex. And then the young librarian, as in a dream, heard from the lips of her supervisor the words, 'Jeanne, please let bygones be bygones and put this year's evaluation behind you. I'll try to make it up to you next year'.
    Ex. It examines the role that small university libraries can play in their surrounding communities and the benefits to be gained by both parties.
    Ex. The command 'neighbour' lists the terms around the base term alphabetically forwards or backwards.
    Ex. I have myself seen, in a northern market, a bookstall where the stall-holder had over a dozen old shoeboxes under the counter in which each month the ten new titles were placed so that the customers could buy the whole new range gradually over the coming month.
    Ex. The near-side press point was placed further in towards the middle of the tympan (and of the sheet) than the off-side point.
    Ex. The trend is definitely towards the electronic submission, but the point where this method will entirely supplant the others is not yet in sight.
    Ex. This article surveys the changes which have already occurred and those which are just over the horizon.
    Ex. The author concludes with descriptions of advances in the technology currently on the horizon.
    Ex. For example, Literature and Language should be proximate, as should Commerce and Economics and Business, Psychology and Medicine, and so on.
    ----
    * acontecimiento próximo = coming event.
    * año próximo, el = coming year, the.
    * de próxima publicación = about to be published.
    * durante el próximo año = over the next year.
    * el año próximo = the year ahead.
    * en el año próximo = in the coming year, in the coming year.
    * en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.
    * en las próximas semanas = over the next few weeks.
    * en los próximos años = in the next few years.
    * en los próximos días = in the next few days, over the next few days.
    * estar próximo = be at hand.
    * lado más próximo, el = near side, the.
    * la próxima moda = the next hot thing.
    * mes próximo, el = next month.
    * para el año próximo = for the year ahead.
    * próxima apertura = opening soon.
    * próximo a = adjacent to, in the vicinity of, in the proximity of.
    * próximos años, los = years ahead, the, next few years, the.
    * * *
    - ma adjetivo
    1)
    a) ( siguiente) next
    b) (como pron)
    2) [ESTAR] ( cercano)
    a) ( en el tiempo) close, near

    estar próximo A + INF — to be close to + ing, to be about to + inf

    b) ( en el espacio) near, close

    próximo A algo — close o near to something

    * * *
    = adjacent, adjoining, close [closer -comp., closest -sup.], forthcoming, immediate, next + Expresión Temporal, sorrounding, neighbour [neighbor, -USA], coming, near-side, in sight, over the horizon, on the horizon, proximate.

    Ex: Before him there are the two items to be joined, projected onto adjacent viewing positions.

    Ex: The library is poorly sited outside the shopping centre and on the brow of a hill, and faces competition from adjoining libraries.
    Ex: Superior cataloguing may result, since more consistency and closer adherence to standard codes are likely to emerge with cataloguers who spend all of their time cataloguing, than with a librarian who tackles cataloguing as one of various professional tasks.
    Ex: Following internal discussion, it was agreed that a new library should be given the University's top priority in any forthcoming capital building project.
    Ex: This system offers immediate access when required by users and staff, preferably several users at the same time.
    Ex: And then the young librarian, as in a dream, heard from the lips of her supervisor the words, 'Jeanne, please let bygones be bygones and put this year's evaluation behind you. I'll try to make it up to you next year'.
    Ex: It examines the role that small university libraries can play in their surrounding communities and the benefits to be gained by both parties.
    Ex: The command 'neighbour' lists the terms around the base term alphabetically forwards or backwards.
    Ex: I have myself seen, in a northern market, a bookstall where the stall-holder had over a dozen old shoeboxes under the counter in which each month the ten new titles were placed so that the customers could buy the whole new range gradually over the coming month.
    Ex: The near-side press point was placed further in towards the middle of the tympan (and of the sheet) than the off-side point.
    Ex: The trend is definitely towards the electronic submission, but the point where this method will entirely supplant the others is not yet in sight.
    Ex: This article surveys the changes which have already occurred and those which are just over the horizon.
    Ex: The author concludes with descriptions of advances in the technology currently on the horizon.
    Ex: For example, Literature and Language should be proximate, as should Commerce and Economics and Business, Psychology and Medicine, and so on.
    * acontecimiento próximo = coming event.
    * año próximo, el = coming year, the.
    * de próxima publicación = about to be published.
    * durante el próximo año = over the next year.
    * el año próximo = the year ahead.
    * en el año próximo = in the coming year, in the coming year.
    * en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.
    * en las próximas semanas = over the next few weeks.
    * en los próximos años = in the next few years.
    * en los próximos días = in the next few days, over the next few days.
    * estar próximo = be at hand.
    * lado más próximo, el = near side, the.
    * la próxima moda = the next hot thing.
    * mes próximo, el = next month.
    * para el año próximo = for the year ahead.
    * próxima apertura = opening soon.
    * próximo a = adjacent to, in the vicinity of, in the proximity of.
    * próximos años, los = years ahead, the, next few years, the.

    * * *
    A
    en la próxima estación at the next station
    el próximo jueves vamos al cine (esta semana) we're going to the movies this Thursday o on Thursday; (la siguiente) we're going to the movies next Thursday
    el mes/año próximo next month/year
    2 ( como pron):
    esto lo dejamos para la próxima we'll leave this for next time
    tome la próxima a la derecha take the next right, take the next on the right
    nos bajamos en la próxima we are getting off at the next stop
    B [ ESTAR] (cercano)
    1 (en el tiempo) close, near
    la fecha ya está próxima the day is close o is drawing near
    el verano está próximo summer's nearly here
    el programa se emitirá en fecha próxima the program will be transmitted in the near future
    próximo A + INF close TO + ING
    estaba próximo a morir he was close o near to death
    ya estaba próximo a graduarse he was close to graduating o he had nearly finished school o he was about to graduate
    2 (en el espacio) near, close próximo A algo close o near TO sth
    un hotel próximo a la playa a hotel close to o near the beach
    * * *

     

    próximo
    ◊ -ma adjetivo

    1


    b) ( como pron):


    tome la próxima a la derecha take the next (on the) right
    2 [ESTAR] ( cercano)


    en fecha próxima in the near future

    próximo A algo close o near to sth
    próximo,-a adjetivo
    1 (cercano) near, close
    una calle próxima, a nearby street
    en fechas próximas, soon o in the near future
    2 (siguiente) next: me bajo en la próxima (parada), I get off at the next stop
    el próximo verano iremos a Berlín, next summer we're going to Berlin
    ' próximo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    cara
    - cerca
    - concejo
    - cónclave
    - inmediata
    - inmediato
    - mes
    - novilunio
    - pegar
    - próxima
    - salida
    - tomar
    - vecina
    - vecino
    - entrante
    - futuro
    - lunes
    - oriente
    - plazo
    - proyecto
    English:
    beside
    - bring in
    - call
    - coming
    - forthcoming
    - four-door
    - kin
    - move
    - near
    - Near East
    - next
    - operational
    - proximate
    - close
    - dealer
    - due
    - fare
    - Monday
    - pending
    - start
    - tide
    - up
    * * *
    próximo, -a adj
    1. [en el tiempo] near, close;
    las vacaciones están próximas the holidays are nearly here
    2. [en el espacio] near, close;
    una casa próxima al río a house near the river;
    el colegio está muy próximo al centro the school is very near to Br the centre o US downtown
    3. [en número] close;
    un número de muertos próximo al centenar a death toll approaching one hundred
    4. [siguiente] next;
    el próximo año next year;
    el próximo domingo next Sunday;
    la próxima vez next time;
    me bajo en la próxima I'm getting off at the next stop;
    * * *
    adj
    1 ( siguiente) next;
    el próximo año next year;
    ¡hasta la próxima! see you next time!
    2 ( cercano) near, close (a to)
    * * *
    próximo, -ma adj
    1) : near, close
    la Navidad está próxima: Christmas is almost here
    2) siguiente: next, following
    la próxima semana: the following week
    * * *
    1. (siguiente) next
    2. (cercano) near
    Si algo está próximo en el tiempo, se usa el adverbio nearly o soon
    está próximo el verano it's nearly summer / it will soon be summer

    Spanish-English dictionary > próximo

  • 12 après

    après [apʀε]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. (temps) after
    ► après + infinitif
    • après avoir lu ta lettre, j'ai téléphoné à maman when I'd read your letter, I phoned mother
    • après être rentré chez lui, il a bu un whisky when he got home he had a whisky
    • après que je l'ai quittée, elle a ouvert une bouteille de champagne after I left her she opened a bottle of champagne► après coup later
    • après coup, j'ai eu des remords later I felt guilty
    • après vous, je vous en prie after you
    • après tout, ce n'est qu'un enfant after all he is only a child
       c. (lieu) after
       d. (objet) after
    • après qui en a-t-il ? who has he got it in for? (inf)
       f. ► d'après
    2. <
       a. (temps) ( = ensuite) afterwards ; ( = ensuite dans une série) next ; ( = plus tard) later
    • le film ne dure qu'une demi-heure, qu'allons-nous faire après ? the film only lasts half an hour, what are we going to do afterwards?
    • après, je veux faire un tour de manège next I want to go on the merry-go-round
    • après, c'est ton tour it's your turn next
       b. (lieu) tu vois la poste ? sa maison est juste après do you see the post office? his house is just a bit further on
       c. (ordre) qu'est-ce qui vient après ? what next?
    * * *
    apʀɛ
    1.
    1) ( dans le temps) ( ensuite) afterwards; ( plus tard) later

    aussitôt or tout de suite après — straight after that ou afterwards

    et après que s'est-il passé? — and then what happened?, and what happened next?

    peu/bien après — shortly/long after(wards)

    pas la semaine prochaine celle d'après — not next week, the week after next

    tu vois le croisement, j'habite (juste) après à droite — can you see the crossroads? I live (just) past ou beyond it on the right

    la page/le chapitre d'après — the next page/chapter

    les loisirs d'abord, le travail passe après — leisure first, work comes after


    2.
    1) ( dans le temps) after

    après coup — after the event, afterwards

    jour après jour — day after day, day in day out

    2) ( dans l'espace) after

    après l'église/la sortie de la ville — after the church/you come out of the town

    après vous! — ( par politesse) after you!

    il est toujours après son fils — (colloq) he's always on at his son

    faire passer quelqu'un/quelque chose après quelqu'un/quelque chose — to put somebody/something after somebody/something


    3.
    d'après locution prépositive
    1) ( selon)

    d'après lui — according to him ou in his opinion

    d'après mes calculs/ma montre — by my calculations/my watch

    2) ( en imitant) from
    3) ( adapté de) based on

    4.
    après que locution conjonctive after

    ••
    après adverbe se traduit généralement par afterwards et après préposition par after
    Les expressions telles que courir après quelqu'un/quelque chose, crier après quelqu'un etc sont traitées respectivement sous courir, crier etc
    après entre dans la composition de nombreux mots qui s'écrivent avec un trait d'union ( après-demain, après-guerre, après-midi etc). Ces mots sont des entrées à part entière et on les trouvera dans la nomenclature du dictionnaire. Utilisé avec un nom, propre ou commun, pour désigner la période suivant un événement ou la disparition d'une personne il se traduit par post et forme alors un groupe adjectival que l'on fait suivre du nom approprié: l'après-Gorbatchev/l'après-crise/l'après-1789 = the post-Gorbachev period/the post-recession period/the post-1789 period. On notera l'après-8 mai = the period following 8 May; la France de l'après-de Gaulle = post-de Gaulle France
    * * *
    apʀɛ
    1. prép

    après son départ — after he had left, after his departure

    Nous viendrons après avoir fait la vaisselle. — We'll come after we've done the dishes.

    C'est après la poste, à gauche. — It's after the post office on the left., It's past the post office on the left.

    après coup — afterwards, after the event

    J'y ai repensé après coup. — I thought about it again afterwards.

    D'après lui, c'est une erreur. — According to him, that's a mistake.

    2. adv
    * * *
    I.
    après ⇒ Note d'usage
    A adv
    1 ( dans le temps) afterwards; viens manger, tu finiras après come and eat your dinner, you can finish afterwards; aussitôt or tout de suite après il s'est mis à pleuvoir straight after that ou afterwards it started raining; après seulement, il a appelé les pompiers only afterwards did he call the fire brigade; j'ai compris longtemps après I understood a long time after ou afterwards; il a mangé au restaurant et (puis) après il est allé au cinéma he ate in a restaurant and afterwards went to the cinema; on verra ça après we'll come to that later; je te le dirai après I'll tell you later; et après que s'est-il passé? and then what happened?, and what happened next?; peu/bien après shortly/long after(wards); une heure/deux jours/quatre ans après one hour/two days/four years later; la semaine/le mois/l'année d'après the week/the month/the year after; pas ce week-end celui d'après not this weekend, the one after; pas la semaine prochaine celle d'après not next week, the week after next; la fois d'après nous nous sommes perdus the next time we got lost; le bus/train d'après the next bus/train; l'instant d'après il avait déjà oublié a moment later he had already forgotten; j'ai regardé le film mais je n'ai pas vu l'émission d'après I watched the film but I didn't see the programmeGB after it;
    2 ( dans l'espace) tu vois le croisement, j'habite (juste) après à droite can you see the crossroads? I live (just) past ou beyond it on the right; peu après il y a un lac a bit further on there's a lake; ‘c'est après le village?’-‘oui juste après’ ‘is it after the village?’-‘yes just after’; la page/le chapitre d'après the next page/chapter;
    3 ( dans une hiérarchie) après il y a le S puis le T S comes after and then T; les loisirs d'abord, le travail passe après leisure first, work comes after;
    4 ( utilisé seul en interrogation) après? and what next?; deux kilos de carottes, après○? two kilos of carrots and what else?;
    5 ( marquant l'agacement) et après? so what○?; oui je suis rentré à 4 h du matin, et après? yes, I came home at 4 am, so what?
    B prép
    1 ( dans le temps) after; sortir/passer après qn to go out/to go after sb; après 22 h/12 jours after 10 pm/12 days ; après mon départ after I left; après quelques années ils se sont revus a few years later they saw each other again; après une croissance spectaculaire after spectacular growth; après tant de passion/violence after so much passion/violence; après déduction/impôt after deductions/tax; après cela after that; après tout after all; après tout c'est leur problème after all it's their problem; après quoi after which; jour après jour day after day, day in day out; livre après livre book after book; après tout ce qu'il a fait pour toi after all (that) he's done for you; j'irai après avoir fait la sieste I'll go after I've had a nap; après avoir pris la parole il se rassit after he had spoken he sat down again; il est conseillé de boire beaucoup après avoir couru it is advisable to drink a lot after you have been running; après manger/déjeuner/dîner/souper after eating ou meals/lunch/dinner/supper; peu après minuit shortly after midnight;
    2 ( dans l'espace) after; après l'église/la sortie de la ville after the church/you come out of the town; bien/juste après l'usine well/just after the factory; je suis après toi sur la liste I'm after you on the list; après vous! ( par politesse) after you!; être après qn○ to be getting at sb○; il est toujours après son fils he's always on at his son○; en avoir après qn○ to have it in for sb○;
    3 ( dans une hiérarchie) after; la dame vient après le roi the Queen comes after the King; c'est le grade le plus important après celui de général it's the highest rank after that of general; faire passer qn/qch après qn/qch to put sb/sth after sb/sth.
    C d'après loc prép
    1 ( selon) d'après moi/toi/nous/vous in my/your/our/your opinion; d'après lui/elle/eux according to him/her/them ou in his/her/their opinion; d'après les journalistes/le gouvernement according to the journalists/the government; d'après la météo il va faire beau according to the weather forecast it's going to be fine; d'après la loi under the law; d'après mes calculs/mes estimations/ma montre by my calculations/my reckoning/my watch; d'après ce qu'elle a dit/mon expérience from what she said/my experience;
    2 ( en imitant) from; un tableau peint d'après une photo a painting made from a photograph; d'après un dessin de Gauguin from a drawing by Gauguin;
    3 ( adapté de) based on; un film d' après un roman de Simenon a film based on a novel by Simenon.
    D après que loc conj after; après que je leur ai annoncé la nouvelle after I told them the news; après qu'il eut parlé after he had spoken.
    II.
    après nm l'après the future; il n'y aura pas d'après there won't be an afterwards.
    [aprɛ] préposition
    1. [dans le temps] after
    c'était peu après 3 h it was shortly ou soon after 3 o'clock
    tu le contredis en public, et après ça tu t'étonnes qu'il s'énerve! you contradict him publicly (and) then you're surprised to find that he gets annoyed!
    après ça, il ne te reste plus qu'à aller t'excuser the only thing you can do now is apologize
    après quoi, nous verrons then we'll see
    après avoir dîné, ils bavardèrent after dining ou after dinner they chatted
    page après page, le mystère s'épaissit the mystery gets deeper with every page ou by the page
    2. [dans l'espace] after
    (familier) [sur]
    3. [dans un rang, un ordre, une hiérarchie] after
    après vous, je vous en prie after you
    vous êtes après moi [dans une file d'attente] you're after me
    il fait passer ma carrière après la sienne my career comes after his ou takes second place to his, according to him
    4. [indiquant un mouvement de poursuite, l'attachement, l'hostilité]
    b. [me harcèle] he's always nagging (at) ou going on at me
    ils sont après une invitation, c'est évident it's obvious they're angling for ou they're after an invitation
    ————————
    [aprɛ] adverbe
    1. [dans le temps]
    bien après a long ou good while after, much later
    peu après shortly after ou afterwards
    après, tu ne viendras pas te plaindre! don't come moaning to me afterwards!
    2. [dans l'espace] after
    3. [dans un rang, un ordre, une hiérarchie] next
    qui est après? [dans une file d'attente] who's next?
    ————————
    après coup locution adverbiale
    ————————
    après que locution conjonctive
    après qu'il eut terminé... after he had finished...
    ————————
    après tout locution adverbiale
    1. [introduisant une justification] after all
    après tout, ça n'a pas beaucoup d'importance after all, it's not particularly important
    2. [emploi expressif] then
    débrouille-toi tout seul, après tout! sort it out yourself then!
    ————————
    d'après locution prépositionnelle
    1. [introduisant un jugement] according to
    alors, d'après vous, qui va gagner? so who do you think is going to win?
    d'après les informations qui nous parviennent from ou according to the news reaching us
    2. [introduisant un modèle, une citation]
    d'après une idée originale de... based on ou from an original idea by...
    ————————
    d'après locution adjectivale
    1. [dans le temps] following, next
    2. [dans l'espace] next

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > après

  • 13 في

    في \ a; an; each; every: twice a day; 80 miles an hour. at: (showing where): at home; at the office, (showing a point of time) at midday; at 4 o’clock; He was married at 18, (after an adj) good at English; quick at sums. by: during: We travelled by night. in: showing where: In bed; in London; in the box; in his speech, showing condition In a hurry; in trouble, showing a direction; into He fell in the river. He put his hand in his pocket, showing when; during In the past; in January 1980; in the evening, showing what sth. contains or includes There are 60 minutes in an hour. Is he in your team?, showing what sb. wears He was in his best suit, showing a shape or arrangement They stood in a row, showing employment or activity or an event He’s in the navy. She was killed in the accident. on: showing when: on Monday; on May the 6th. showing the state of sb.:: Are you here on business or on holiday?. per: for each: He earns $8000 per annum (for each year). \ في (أيّ مَكَان)‏ \ anywhere: in or to any place: Are you going anywhere?. \ See Also إلى( إلى)‏ \ في \ home: to or at one’s house: Go home! Is your son home yet?. \ See Also إلى البيت \ في \ inside: on (or to) the inside. \ See Also إلى الداخل \ في \ inland: away from the sea: We crossed the coast and flew inland. \ See Also إلى داخل البلاد \ في \ indoors: into (or in) a building: He went (or He stayed) indoors because of the rain. \ See Also إلى داخل البيت \ في \ on board: on (or onto) a ship or aeroplane: There are 70 men on board. Can I go on board the aircraft?. \ See Also إلى دَاخِل الطَّائِرَة \ في \ upstairs: on, at or to a higher floor; up the stairs; at the top of the stairs: She went upstairs because her room is upstairs. She has an upstairs bedroom. \ See Also إلى الدَّور الأَعْلى \ في \ low: to or in a low position: The sun had sunk low in the sky. \ See Also إلى وَضْع مُنْخفِض \ في \ whereabouts: in or near which place: Whereabouts did you find this ring?. \ See Also قرب أيّ مكان؟ \ في \ upstream: against the flow of the stream; up the river: They rowed (the boat) upstream. \ See Also نَحْوَ أعلى النَّهر \ في الاتجاه المعاكس \ backward(s): towards the back: He fell over backwards. \ في أَثَر \ after: following, in search of: I ran after him but could not catch him. The police are after him. \ في أثناء الخِدْمَة (خارج أوقات الخِدمة)‏ \ on duty, (off duty): at work (not at work): The night nurse has 12 hours on duty, then 12 hours off duty. She went on duty at 18.00 and came off duty at 06.00. \ في أثناء ذلك \ meanwhile, meantime: (in) the time between: You’ll have to wait till he’s ready; but you can read this (in the) meanwhile. \ في إجازة \ off: free from work: My employer gave me the afternoon off. \ See Also عطلة (عُطْلَة)‏ \ في أَحْسَن الأَحْوَال \ at best: in the most hopeful conditions: At best, we can’t be ready till Tuesday. \ في آخر \ eventually: in the end: The car kept stopping, but we got home eventually. ultimately: in the end: We must all, ultimately, die. \ See Also نهاية الأمر \ في آخر رَمَق \ on one’s last legs: (of a person or thing) not expected to last much longer; worn out; almost in ruins: That company is on its last legs. \ في آخر لحظة \ in the nick of time: just in time; almost too late: She saved him in the nick of time from falling over the cliff. \ في أَرْجَاء \ about: from place to place in: We wandered about the town. round: (also around) from place to place: He wandered (a)round (the town). We travelled (a)round (the country). \ في أَسْفَل \ under: (also underneath), in a lower position. underneath: (of position) below: It was hidden underneath the floor boards. \ See Also الأسفل (الأَسْفَل)‏ \ في الأَصْل \ originally: in the beginning: This school was originally a rich man’s home. \ في الأَعْلَى \ up: in or to higher position: She lives up in the hills. \ في أغلب الظَّنّ \ doubtless: probably: It will doubtless rain on the day of the garden party. \ في أَفْضَل حَالَة \ at one’s best: in one’s best state: My garden is at its best in spring. \ في أقلّ مِن \ within: in less than: He will arrive within an hour. I live within a mile of the sea. \ في الأمام \ in front: at the front: You go in front and I’ll follow. \ في أَوَاخِر \ late: near the end of a period of time: Late in the year; in the late afternoon. \ في الأوْج \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ في أوجِ الإزْهَار \ in bloom: flowering: The roses are in bloom now. \ في أيّ مَكَان \ anywhere: in no matter what place: Put it down anywhere. \ في أيّ وقت \ ever: (esp. in a negative sentence or a question) at any time: Nobody ever writes to me. Have you ever been to Rome? If you ever go there, you must see St. Peter’s cathedral. \ في أيّ وقت مَضَى \ ever: (in a comparative sentence) at any time: He’s working harder than ever. This is the best book I’ve ever read. \ في بادئ الأمر \ at first: at the beginning: At first the new school seemed strange, but then we got used to it. \ في البَدْء \ primarily: mainly; in the first place: This book is written primarily for foreigners. \ See Also أصلا (أَصْلاً)، أساسا (أساسًا)‏ \ في بعض الوقت \ part-time: for only part of the usual working time: She’s a part-time teacher. \ في البيت \ at home: in one’s house: He’s at home in the evenings. \ في البيت المُجَاوِر \ next, next door: in the next house: He lives next door. He is my nextdoor neighbour. \ في تَحَسُّن (من النّاحية الصحّية)‏ \ on the mend: getting better in health (after an illness). \ في تِلْكَ الحالةِ \ in that case: if that happens, or has happened: He may be late. In that case, we shall go without him, if that happens, or has happened He may be late. In that case, we shall go without him. \ في تِلْكَ اللَّحظة \ just: (with continuous tenses; always directly before the present participle) at this moment; at that moment: We’re just starting dinner. We were just starting dinner when he arrived. \ في التَّوّ \ straight away: at once. \ في جانب \ in favour of: supporting: I’m in favour of your plans. \ في الجَانِب الآخَر مِن \ across: on the other side of: My home is across the river. \ في جانب \ for: in favour of: Are you for this idea or against it?. \ See Also صف (صَفّ)‏ \ في جزء أدنى مِن \ down: at a lower level: My house is a little way down the hill. \ في الجِوَار \ about: around; near: There’s a lot of illness about. I went out early, when no one was about (when no one else was out). \ في الحَال \ at once: without delay: Stop that at once!. away: right away; straight away. immediately: at once. instantly: at once. on the spot: in that place and at that moment: He gave me the bill and I paid it on the spot. readily: without delay: The book you need is not readily obtainable. straight away: at once. \ في حَالَةِ \ at: (showing a state): at war; at play. on: showing the state of sth.: The house is on fire. \ في حَالَة حَسَنَة \ well, (better, best): the opposite of ill and unwell; in good health: Don’t you feel well? You’ll soon get better if you drink this medicine. How are you? Very well, thank you. I feel best in the early morning (better than at any other time). \ في حَالَة سَيِّئَة \ in a bad way: in a bad state. \ في حَالَة عَدَم توفُّر \ failing: giving a second choice of action, if the first choice fails: Ask John to do it. Failing him, ask Michael. \ في حَالَة فَوْضَى \ chaotic: in a state of chaos: The young teacher had a chaotic classroom. \ في حَالَةِ وُجُود \ in case of: in the event of; if there is: In case of fire, ring the bell. \ في حَالَةِ ما إِذَا \ in case: because of the possibility of sth. happening: Take a stick, in case you meet a snake. \ في حركة دائِمة \ on the move: moving; travelling: He’s always on the move and never settles for long. \ في الحَقِيقَة \ as a matter of fact, in fact: really; in truth: The dog seemed dead but in fact it was only asleep. As a matter of fact, I don’t like Michael. in point of fact: actually, in fact. in reality: in fact. really: truly; in fact: Is he really your son? He does not look like you!. \ في حَيْرَة من أَمْره \ at one’s wits’ end: too worried by difficulties to know what to do. \ في حين \ whereas: but: They are looking for a house, whereas we would rather live in a flat. \ في حينه \ round: following a regular course: Wait till your turn comes round. \ في الخَارِج \ abroad: in or to another country: I spent my holiday abroad. out: in (or into) the open; away from shelter; in (or into) view: Don’t stand out in the rain. The ship was far out at sea. out of door, outdoors: in the open air; not in a house: I like sleeping out of doors under the stars. outside: not within; in the open air; on the outer side: It’s raining outside. The cup is blue outside, and white inside. overseas: across the sea; (to the British, the mainland of Europe is abroad but it is not overseas): She is working overseas, in South America. \ في خِدمَة... \ at one’s service: ready to fulfil one’s needs: The hotel car is at your service if you want to go anywhere. \ في خَريف العُمر \ middle-aged: neither young nor old; aged between about 40 and 65. \ في خطٍّ مُستقيم \ as the crow flies: in a straight line: It is 5 miles away by road, but only 2 miles as the crow flies. \ فِي الخَفَاء \ stealth: by stealth using secret and quiet action: He got into the house by stealth, not by force. \ في خِلال \ in: showing a space of time before sth. will happen; after: I’ll come in a few days (or in a minute). in the course of: during: In the course of the morning I had seven visitors. \ في الدّاخل \ in: in a building, esp. at home, work or where one is expected to be: Is anyone in? I’m afraid Mr. Jones is out, but he’ll be in at 5 o’clock. \ في داخِل \ in: showing a direction; into: He fell in the river. He put his hand in his pocket. inside: on (or to) the inside of: Please wait inside the room. \ في داخِل النَّفْس \ inwardly: secretly; as regards one’s inner feelings: I was inwardly delighted, but I pretended not to care. \ في دَرَجَة الغَلَيان \ on the boil: boiling; at this heat. \ في ذلك المكان \ there: at that place: I live there. \ في رأيي \ to my mind: in my opinion: To my mind, this is most dishonest. \ في سَبِيل \ in the process of: to be doing: I am in the process of painting my house. sake, for the sake, of, for sb.’s sake: for the good of; so as to help: Soldiers die for the sake of their county (or for their country’s sake). Don’t take any risks for my sake, for the desire of Why ruin your health for the sake of a little pleasure?. \ في سِنّ المُرَاهَقَة \ teenage: in one’s teens: a teenage girl. \ في شكّ \ in doubt: uncertain: When in doubt, ask your father. \ في صحَّة جيِّدة \ fit: healthy: We take exercise so as to keep fit. \ في صَفّ \ in single file: in one line, one behind the other: We had to ride in single file down the narrow path. \ في الطّابِق الأَسْفل \ downstairs: at the bottom of the stairs; in a room at that level: I’ll wait for you downstairs. \ في الطّابِق الفوقانيّ \ overhead: above one’s head: a noise in the room overhead; clouds in the sky overhead. \ في طَرَف \ up: along (up and down are both used like this, although the course may be quite level): He lives just up the road. \ في طريق النُّور \ in sb.’s light: preventing light from reaching him: I can’t read if you stand in my light. \ في الظّاهر \ outwardly: as regards the appearance (compared with the hidden facts or inner feelings): She was outwardly calm but inwardly full of anger. \ في العَام \ annual: happening every year; of a year: an annual feast; the annual production of oil. \ في عَجلة من أمره \ in a hurry: Ants are always in a hurry. \ في العَرَاء \ in the open: outside in the air: I like to sleep out in the open, under she stars. outdoors, out of doors: the open air; not in a building: Go outdoors and play football. \ في (عُرض) البَحْر \ at sea: on the sea; far from land: a storm at sea. \ في عُطلة \ on holiday, on vacation: having a holiday: The schools are on holiday. We’re going on vacation to the sea. \ See Also إجازة( إجازة)‏ \ في غابر الأزمان (كان يا ما كان...)‏ \ once upon a time: (used at the beginning of stories). \ في الغَالِب \ mainly: chiefly; mostly. \ في غالِب الظنّ \ probably: almost certainly; with little doubt: You’re probably right. \ في غاية الجُنون \ raving mad: noisily and violently mad. \ في غَمْضَة عَيْن \ in no time: very quickly; very soon: If you follow this path, you’ll get there in no time. \ في غِيَابِه \ behind sb.’s back: when someone is not present: He tells untrue stories about me behind my back. \ في كُلٍّ \ a; an; each; every: twice a day. 80 miles an hour. ten pence a packet. \ في كل مكان \ everywhere: in all places: I’ve looked for it everywhere. \ في كل وقت \ ever: at all times; always: I shall stay there for ever. \ في لحظة خاطفة \ in a flash: very quickly and suddenly: He seized the money and was gone in a flash. \ في اللحظة المناسبة \ in the nick of time: just in time; almost too late: She saved him in the nick of time from falling over the cliff. \ في اللَّيْل \ at night: during the night. overnight: for the night: I shall stay at a hotel overnight and come back tomorrow, on the night before; during the night I packed my suitcase overnight, so as to be ready to leave at sunrise. His car was stolen overnight. \ في المائَة \ per cent: for, out, of, each hundred: Six per cent of the boys failed the exam, (one part) of each hundred I’m a 100 per cent in agreement with you. About 70 per cent (written as 70%) of the people are farmers. \ في المُتَنَاوَل \ forthcoming: supplied when needed: We wanted a new school clock, but the money was not forthcoming. \ في مُتَناوَل \ within: inside; not beyond; within reach; within one’s powers. \ في متناول اليَد \ at hand: near; within reach: Help was at hand. handy: near; easily reached when wanted: Keep that book handy so that you can look at it often. \ في مَجْمُوعَة بين \ among(st): in the middle of; mixed with; surrounded by: I found this letter among my books. There is a secret enemy amongst us. \ في مِحْنة خَطَر \ in distress: (of a ship or aeroplane) in dangerous trouble; needing help. \ في المُدّة الأخيرة \ lately: not long ago; in the near past: Have you seen her lately?. \ في المرَّة التالية \ next: the next time: I’ll give it to you when I next see you. \ See Also القادمة \ في مُقَابِل \ for: showing that something is as a return or in place of: I gave him $5 for his help. Will you change this old car for a new one?. in return (for): in exchange or payment for: Give her some flowers in return for her kindness. \ في المقام الأوّل \ firstly: as the first reason, fact, etc: I need a hot drink. Firstly, because I’m cold; secondly, because I’m thirsty. \ في المقدمة \ in front: at the front: You go in front and I’ll follow. \ في مَكَان \ in sb,’s stead: in sb.’s place; instead of sb.. \ See Also بدلا من (بدلاً من)‏ \ في مَكَان آخَر \ elsewhere: in some other place. \ في المَكَان \ in position: in the correct position. \ See Also المَوضِع الصَّحيح \ في مَكَان قَريب \ by: near: He stood by and watched them. \ في مَكَانٍ ما \ somewhere: in or to some place (but usu. anywhere in negative sentences and questions): I’ve met him somewhere before. Let’s go somewhere peaceful (to some peaceful place). \ في المكان والزّمان المذكورين \ on the spot: in that place and at that moment: Fortunately a doctor was on the spot when she broke her leg. \ في مكانه \ belong: to be in the right place: This book belongs on the top shelf. \ See Also موضِعِه المناسب \ في مَلْعَبِه \ at home: (of a match) on one’s own field: Our team are playing at home tomorrow. \ في مُنْتَصَف الطَّريق \ midway: halfway; in the middle: The station is midway between the two villages. \ في مَوعِد لاَ يَتَجَاوَز \ by: before; not later than: Can you finish this by Tuesday? They ought to be here by now. \ في المَوْعِد المحدَّد \ on time: exactly at the appointed moment: The bus always leaves on time. \ في مياه أعمق من قَامَته \ out of one’s depth: in water that is too deep to stand up in: Don’t go out of your depth unless you can swim. \ في النّادِر \ rarely: not often; hardly at all: She rarely smokes. \ في نظر \ in the eyes of: in the opinion of: In his mother’s eyes he can do no wrong. \ في نَظَري \ to my mind: in my opinion: To my mind, this is most dishonest. \ في النّهايَة \ at last: in the end, after much delay: The train was very slow, but we got there at last. at length: at last; in the end: He waited two hours. At length he went home. finally: lastly; in the end. \ في نِهايَة الأمْر \ in the long run: after a period of time; in the end: It’ll be cheaper in the long run to buy good quality shoes. \ See Also عَلَى المدى الطويل \ في هذا الوقت \ now: (in a written account) at the time that is being described: The war was now over. \ في هَذا المَكَان \ about: here: Is anyone about?. \ في هذه الأَثْنَاء \ meanwhile, meantime: (in) the time between: You’ll have to wait till he’s ready; but you can read this (in the) meanwhile. \ في هذه الأَيَّام \ nowadays: in these times (compared with the past): Travel is much easier nowadays. today: the present time: the scientists of today. \ في هذه الحالة \ all right: (also alright), in that case: You don’t want it? All right, I’ll give it to someone else. \ في هذه اللَّحْظَة \ just: (with continuous tenses; always directly before the present participle) at this moment; at that moment: We’re just starting dinner. We were just starting dinner when he arrived. just now: at this moment: I’m busy just now. \ في الهواء الطَّلْق \ in the open: outside in the air: I like to sleep out in the open, under the stars. out of doors, outdoors: in the open air; not in a house: I like sleeping out of doors under the stars. outdoors, out of doors: the open air; not in a building: Go outdoors and play football. \ في الوَاقِع \ in reality: in fact. \ في الوَاقِع \ actually: in fact; really: She looks about thirty, but actually she’s thirty-nine. as a matter of fact, in fact: really; in truth: The dog seemed dead but in fact it was only asleep. As a matter of fact, I don’t like Michael. in point of fact: actually, in fact. truly: really: Are you truly sorry for your crimes?. virtually: actually but not officially: He was virtually a prisoner in his home, as he did not dare to go out while the police were watching. \ في الوَسَط \ halfway: between two places and at an equal distance from them: His house is halfway between yours and mine. \ في وَسْط المسافة \ halfway: between two places and at an equal distance from them: His house is halfway between yours and mine. \ في وَضَح (النهار)‏ \ broad: (of daylight) full; complete: The bank was robbed in broad daylight. \ في وَضع لا يجوز فيه رَكْل الكُرة \ offside: (of a player in football, etc.) breaking a rule by being in a position in which play is not allowed. \ في الوَقْت الحَاضِر \ at present: now; at the present time: At present I have no job, but I shall get one soon. for the time being: for the present: I have no job, but I’m helping my father for the time being. now: at the present time: Where are you working now? Now is the time to plant those seeds. today: the present time: the scientists of today. \ في وَقْتٍ لاَحِق \ after: later: She came first and he arrived soon after. \ في وقتٍ ما \ sometime: (often two words, some time) at a time not exactly known or stated: Come again sometime. He left sometime after dinner. \ في وقتٍ متأخر \ late: after the proper or usual time; not early: We always go to bed very late. He arrived too late for dinner. \ في وقتٍ متأخر مِن \ late: near the end of a period of time: Late in the year; in the late afternoon. \ في الوَقْتِ المُقَرَّر \ round: following a regular course: Wait till your turn comes round. \ في وَقْتٍ من الأوقات \ ever: (esp. in a negative sentence or a question) at any time: Nobody ever writes to me. Have you ever been to Rome? If you ever go there, you must see St. Peter’s cathedral. \ في الوَقْتِ المناسب \ early: in good time for one’s purpose; before the fixed time: We arrived early and got the best seats. in due course: later; after a reasonable delay: He will get better in due course. in good time: slightly early: He came in good time for the meeting. \ في وقت واحد \ at a time: together: They arrived three at a time (in groups of three). \ في يوم من الأيام \ once upon a time: (used at the beginning of stories). \ See Also كان يا ما كان

    Arabic-English dictionary > في

  • 14 यथा _yathā

    यथा ind. [यद् प्रकारे थाल्]
    1 Used by itself यथा has the following senses:-- (a) as, in the manner men- tioned; यथाज्ञापयति महाराजः 'as Your Majesty orders;' (b) namely, as follows; तद् यथानुश्रूयते Pt.1; U.2.4; (c) as, like (showing comparison, and used to express the point of similarity); आसीदियं दशरथस्य गृहे यथा श्रीः U.4.6; Ku.4.34; प्रभावप्रभवं कान्तं स्वाधीनपतिका यथा (न मुञ्चति) K. P.1; (d) as, as for example, for instance; यत्र यत्र धूमस्तत्र तत्र वह्निर्यथा महानसे T. S. कुर्युः कृत्यमकृत्यं वा उष्ट्रे काकादयो यथा Pt.1.288; (e) that (used to introduce direct assertions with or without इति at the end); अकथितो$पि ज्ञायत एव यथायमाभोगस्तपोवनस्येति Ś.1; विदितं खलु ते यथा स्मरः क्षणमप्युत्सहते न मां विना Ku.4.36; (f) so that, in order that; दर्शय तं चौरसिंहं यथा व्यापादयामि Pt.1.
    -2 Used correlatively with तथा, यथा has the following senses:-- (a) as, so (in which case एवम् and तद्वत् often take the place of तथा); यथा वृक्षस्तथा फलम् or यथा बीजं तथाङ्कुरः; Bg.11.29; in this case एव is frequently added to either यथा or तथा or to both to make the equality of relation more marked or striking; वधूचतुष्के$पि यथैव शान्ता प्रिया तनूजास्य तथैव सीता U.4.16; न तथा बाधते स्कन्धो (or शीतम्) यथा बाधति बाधते; (as much-as, as-as); Ku.6.7; U.2.4; V.4.33. In this sense तथा is often omitted, in which case यथा has sense (c) in 1 above. (b) so-that, तथा standing for 'so', and यथा for 'that'; यथा बन्धुजनशोच्या न भवति तथा निर्वाहय Ś.3; तथा प्रयतेथा यथा <?>पहस्यसे जनैः K.19; तस्मान्मुच्ये यथा तात संविधातुं तथार्हसि R.1.72;3.66;14.66;15.68. (c) since-there- fore, as (because) -so; यथा इतोमुखागतैरपि कलकलः श्रुतस्तथा तर्कयामि &c. Māl.8; sometimes तथा is omitted; मन्दं मन्दं नुदति पवनश्चानुकूलो यथा त्वां... सेविष्यन्ते भवन्तं बलाकाः Me.9. (d) if-then, as surely as-so surely (a strong form of assertion or adjuration); वाङ्मनःकर्मभिः पत्यौ व्यभिचारो यथा न मे । तथा विश्वंभरे देवि मामन्तर्धातुमर्हसि R.15.81; यथा यथा- तथा तथा the more-the more, the less-the less; यथा यथा भाषसि धर्मसंमितं तथा तथा मे त्वयि भक्तिरुत्तमा Mb.; Śi.17.43; यथा यथा यौवनमतिचक्राम तथा तथावर्धतास्य संतापः K.59; Ms. 8.286;12.73; यथा तथा in any manner, in whatever way; यथा तथा यापयंस्तु सा ह्यस्य कृतकृत्यता Ms.4.17; यथैव just as; यथा तथा as much as; यथा तथा भवतु whatever may be the case; यथा कथंचित् anyhow, somehow or other. N. B. As the first member of Avyayībhāva comp. यथा is usually translated by 'according to, according as, in accordance with, in conformity to, in proportion to, not exceeding'; see compounds below.
    -Comp. -अंशम्, -अंशतस् ind. in due proportions, proportionately.
    -अधिकारम् ind. according to autho- rity.
    -अधीत a. as read or studied, conformable to the text. (
    -तम्) ind. according to the text.
    -अनुपूर्वम्, -अनुपूर्व्यम्, -अनुपूर्व्या ind. in regular order or suc- cession, successively.
    -अनुभूतम् ind.
    1 according to experience.
    -2 by previous experience.
    -अनुरूपम् ind. in exact conformity, properly.
    -अनूक्तम् ind. as said or told; मया यथानूक्तमवादि ते हरेः कृतावतारस्य सुमित्र चेष्टितम् Bhāg.3.19.32.
    -अभिप्रेत, -अभिमत, -अभिलषित, -अभीष्ट a. as wished, intended or desired, agreeably to desire. (
    -तम् &c.) ind. according to one's wish, at pleasure, agreeably to one's desire.
    -अभिरुचित a. pleasant, agreeable.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 conformable to truth, true, real, correct; सौम्येति चाभाष्य यथार्थभाषी R.14.44; so यथार्थानुभवः 'correct or right perception'; यथार्थवक्ता &c.
    -2 conformable to the true meaning; true to the sense, right, appropriate, significant; करिष्यन्निव नामास्य (i. e. शत्रुघ्न) यथार्थमरिनिग्रहात् R.15.6; (करिष्यते) युधि सद्यः शिशुपालतां यथार्थाम् Śi.16.85; Ki.8.48; Ku.2.16.
    -3 fit suitable. (
    -र्थम्, -अर्थतः ind. truly, rightly; fitly, suitably, properly.) ˚अक्षर a. signficant or true to the syllable; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V.1.1. ˚नामन् a. one whose name is true to its meaning or fully significant (whose deeds are according to his name); ध्रुवसिद्धेरपि यथार्थनाम्नः सिद्धिं न मन्यते M.4; परंतपो नाम यथार्थनामा R.6.21. ˚वर्णः a spy (see यथार्हवर्ण). (यथार्थता
    1 suitableness, fitness.
    -2 propriety.
    -3 accu- racy, genuineness, correctness.)
    -अर्ह a.
    1 according to merit, as deserving.
    -2 appropriate, suitable, just.
    -3 as agreeable; यथार्हजलेन हृद्यगन्धेन स्नातः Dk.2.7. ˚वर्णः a spy, an emissary.
    -अर्हम्, -अर्हतः ind. according to merit or worth; यथार्हमन्यैरनुजीविलोकं संभावयामास यथाप्रधानम् R.16.4.
    -अर्हणम् ind.
    1 according to propriety.
    -2 according to worth or merit.
    -अवकाशम् ind.
    1 according to room or space.
    -2 as occasion may occur, according to occasion, leisure or propriety.
    -3 in the proper place; प्रालम्बमुत्कृष्य यथावकाशं निनाय R.6.14.
    -अवस्थम् ind. according to the condition or circumstances.
    -आख्यात a. as mentioned before, before mentioned.
    -आख्यानम् ind. as before stated.
    - आगत a. foolish, stupid. (
    -तम्) ind. as one came, by the same way as one came; यथागतं मातलिसारथिर्ययौ R.3.67.
    -आगमम् ind. according to tradition, as handed down from generation to generation.
    -आचारम् ind. as customary or usual.
    -आम्नातम्, आम्नायम् ind. as laid down in the Vedas.
    -आरम्भम् ind. according to the beginning, in regular order or succession.
    -आवासम् ind. according to one's dwelling, each to his own dwelling.
    -आशयम् ind.
    1 according to wish or intention.
    -2 according to the agreement.
    -आश्रमम् ind. according to the Āśrama or period in one's religious life.
    -आश्रयम् ind. according to substratum; चित्रं यथाश्रयमृते Sāṅkhya K.41.
    -इच्छ, -इष्ट, -ईप्सित a. according to wish or desire, agreeably to one's desire, as much as desired, as desir- ed or wished for. (
    -च्छम्, -ष्टम्, -तम्) ind.
    1 according to wish or desire, at will or pleasure; यथेष्टं चेष्टन्ते स्फुटकुचतटाः पश्य कुलटाः Udb.
    -2 as much as may be wanted, to the heart's content; यथेष्टं बुभुजे मांसम् Ch. P.3.
    -ईक्षितम् ind. as personally seen, as actually perceived.
    -उक्त, -उदित a. as said or told above, aforesaid, above-mentioned; यथोक्ताः संवृत्ताः Pt.1; यथोक्त- व्यापारा Ś.1; R.2.7; ततः स्वगृहमेत्य यथोक्तमर्थत्यागं कृत्वा Dk.2.2.
    -उचित a. suitable, proper, due, fit. (
    -तम्) ind. duly, suitably, properly; आगतं तु भयं वीक्ष्य नरः कुर्याद् यथोचितम् H.
    -उत्तरम् ind. in regular order or succession, one after another; संबन्धो$त्र यथोत्तरम् S. D. 729; श्रैष्ठ्यमेषां यथोत्तरम् Ms.12.38; यथोत्तरेच्छा हि गुणेषु कामिनः Ki.8.4.
    -उत्साहम् ind.
    1 according to one's power or might.
    -2 with all one's might.
    -उद्गत a. without sense, stupid.
    -उद्गमनम् in ascending propor- tion.
    -उद्दिष्ट a. as indicated or described. (
    -ष्टम्) or
    -उद्देशम् ind. in the manner indicated.
    -उपचारम् ind. as politeness or courtesy requires.
    -उपजोषम् ind. according to pleasure or desire; यथोपजोषं वासांसि परिधाया- हतानि ते Bhāg.8.9.15.
    -उपदिष्ट a. as indicated.
    -उपदेशम् ind. as advised or instructed.
    -उपपत्ति ind.
    1 as may be fit.
    -2 as may happen.
    -उपपन्न a. just as happened to be at hand, natural; यथोपपन्नरज्जुबद्धः Dk.2.4.
    -उपमा (in Rhet.) a comparison expressed by यथा.
    -उप- -योगम् ind. according to use or requirements, according to circumstances.
    -उपाधि ind. according to the condition or supposition.
    -औचित्यम् propriety, suitableness, fitness.
    -ऋतु ind. according to the right season; यथर्तुवर्षी भगवान् न तथा पाकशासनः Mb.3.188.5.
    -कथित a. as already mentioned.
    -कर्तव्यम् what is right to be done.
    -कर्म ind. according to one's duties or circumstances.
    -कल्पम् ind. according to rule or ritual.
    -काम a. conformable to desire. (
    -मम्) ind. agreeably to desire, at will or pleasure, to the heart's content; यथाकामार्चितार्थिनाम् R.1.6;4.51.
    -कामिन् a. free, unrestrained.
    -कारम् ind. in whatever way; P.III.4.28.
    -कालः the right or due time, proper time; यथाकालप्रबोधिनाम् R.1.6. (
    -लम्) ind. at the right time, opportunely, season- ably; सोपसर्पैर्जजागार यथाकालं स्वपन्नपि R.17.51.
    -कृत a. as agreed upon, done according to rule or custom, custo- mary; स यदि प्रतिपद्येत यथान्यस्तं यथाकृतम् Ms.8.183. (
    -तम्) ind. according to the usual practice.
    -क्लृप्ति ind. in a suitable way.
    -क्रमम्, -क्रमेण ind. in due order or succession, regularly, in due form, properly; यथाक्रमं पुंसवनादिकाः क्रियाः R.3.1;9.26.
    -क्षमम् ind. according to one's power, as much as possible.
    -क्षिप्रम् ind. as quickly as possible.
    -क्षेमेण ind. safely, comfortably.
    -खेलम् ind. playfully; V.
    -गुणम् ind. according to qualities or endowments; Ch. Up.
    -चित्तम् ind. according to will; Māl.
    -जात a.
    1 foolish, senseless, stupid.
    -2 barbarous, outcast.
    -ज्ञानम् ind. to the best of one's knowledge or judgment.
    -ज्येष्ठम् ind. according to rank, by seniority.
    -तत्त्वम् ind.
    1 according to actual facts, actually, as the case really may be.
    -तथ a.
    1 true, right.
    -2 accurate, exact. (
    -थम्) a narrative of the particulars or details of anything, a detailed or minute account. (
    -थम्) ind.
    1 exactly, precisely; विभाव्यन्ते यथातथम् Bhāg.
    -2 fitly, properly, as the case really may be; Mb.3.
    -तथ्यम्, -तथ्येन ind. truly, really.
    -तृप्ति ind. to the heart's content.
    -दर्शनम् ind. according to observation.
    -दिक्, -दिशम् ind. in all directions.
    -निकायम् ind. according to body; Śvet. Up.
    -निर्दिष्ट a.
    1 as mentioned before, as specified above; यथानिर्दिष्टव्यापारा सखी.
    -2 as prescribed or laid down; यथानिर्दिष्टं संपादितं व्रतम् V.3.
    -न्यायम् ind. justly, rightly, properly; प्रतिपूज्य यथान्यायम् Ms.1.1.
    -न्यासम् ind. according to the text of a Śūtra, as written down.
    -न्युप्त a. as placed on the ground or offered; अवजिघ्रेच्च तान् पिण्डान् यथान्युप्तान् समाहितः Ms.3.218.
    -पण्यम् ind. according to the (value or kind of) commodities; शुल्क- स्थानेषु कुशलाः यथापण्यविचक्षणाः Ms.8.398 (v. l.).
    -पुरम् ind. as before, as on previous occasions; यथापुरमविज्ञाय स्वार्थलिप्सुमपण्डिताम् Rām.2.1.2.
    -पूर्व, -पूर्वक a. being as before, former; R.12.41.
    (-र्वम्) -पूर्वकम् ind.
    1 as before; सर्वाणि ज्ञातिकार्याणि यथापूर्वं समाचरेत् Ms.11.187.
    -2 in due order or succession, one after another; एते मान्या यथापूर्वम् Y.1.35.
    -प्रत्यर्हम् ind. according to merit.
    -प्रदिष्टम् ind. as suitable or proper.
    -प्रदेशम् ind.
    1 in the proper or suitable place; यथाप्रदेशं विनिवेशितेन Ku. 1.49; आसञ्जयामास यथाप्रदेशं कण्ठे गुणम् R.6.83; Ku.7.34.
    -2 according to direction or precept.
    -3 on all sides.
    -प्रधानम्, -प्रधानतः ind. according to rank or position, according to precedence; आलोकमात्रेण सुरानशेषान् संभावया- मास यथाप्रधानम् Ku.7.46.
    -प्रयोगम् ind.
    1 according to usage or practice.
    -2 as found by experiment.
    -प्रस्तावम् ind. on the first suitable occasion.
    -प्रस्तुतम् ind.
    1 at last, at length.
    -2 conformably to the circum- stances.
    -प्राणम् ind. according to strength with all one's might.
    -प्राप्त a.
    1 suitable to circumstances.
    -2 following from a previous grammatical rule; Kāśi. on P.III.2.135. (
    -प्तम्) ind. regularly, properly.
    -प्रार्थितम् ind. as requested.
    -बलम् ind.
    1 to the best of one's power, with all one's might; यथाबलं च विभज्य गृह्णीत Dk.2.8.
    -2 according to the (condition of) army or number of forces; Ms.
    -बुद्धि, -मति ind. to the best of one's knowledge.
    -भक्त्या with entire devo- tion.
    -भागम्, -भागशः ind.
    1 according to the share of each, proportionately; यथाभागशो$मी वो गन्धाः
    -2 each in his respective place; यथाभागमवस्थिताः Bg.1.11.
    -3 in the proper place; यथाभागमवस्थिते$पि R.6.19.
    -भावः 1 destiny.
    -2 proper relation.
    -भूतम् ind. according to what has taken place, according to truth, truly, exactly.
    -भूयस् ind. according to seniority.
    -मुखीन a. looking straight at (with gen.); (मृगः) यथामुखीनः सीतायाः पुप्लुवे बहु लोभयन् Bk.5.48.
    -मूल्य a. worth the price, accordant with the price.
    -यथम् ind.
    1 as in fit, fitly, properly; यथायथं ताः सहिता नभश्चरैः Ki.8.2.
    -2 in regular order, severally, each in its proper place, respectively; असक्तमाराधयतो यथायथम् Ki.1.11; बीजवन्तो मुखाद्यर्था विप्रकीर्णा यथायथम् S. D.337.
    -3 by degrees, gradually; सर्वे मायामानवा यथायथमन्तर्भावं गताः Dk.1.5.
    -युक्तम्, -योगम् ind. according to circumstances, fitly, suitably.
    -योग्य a. suitable, fit, proper, right.
    -रसम् ind. according to the sentiments.
    -रुचम्, -रुचि ind. according to one's liking or taste; वदन्ति चैतत् कवयो यथारुचम् Bhāg.2.5.21.
    -रूपम् ind.
    1 according to form or appearance.
    -2 duly, properly, fitly.
    -लब्ध a. as actually in hand.
    -वस्तु ind. as the fact stands, exactly, accurately, truly.
    -विध a. of such kind or sort.
    -विधि ind. according to rule or precept, duly, properly; यथाविधि हुताग्नीनाम् R.1.6; संचस्कारोभयप्रीत्या मैथिलेयौ यथाविधि 15.31;3.7; Ms.11.191.
    -विनियोगम् ind. in the succession or order stated.
    -विभवम् ind. in proportion to one's income, according to means.
    -वीर्य a. of whatever strength. (
    -र्यम्) ind. in respect of manliness or courage.
    -वृत्त a. as happened, done or acted.
    (-त्तम्) 1 the actual facts, the circumstances or details of an event.
    -2 a former event.
    -वृद्धम् ind. according to age or seniority; गगनादवतीर्णा सा यथावृद्धपुरःसरा Ku.6. 49.
    -व्युत्पत्ति ind.
    1 according to the degree of edu- cation or culture.
    -2 according to the derivation.
    -शक्ति, -शक्त्या ind. to the best of one's power, as far as possible.
    -शब्दार्थम् ind. in keeping with or according to the sense conveyed by the (sacred) text; इह शब्द- लक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on MS.11.1.26.
    -शास्त्रम् ind. according to the scriptures, as the law ordains; सर्वे$पि क्रमशस्त्वेते यथाशास्त्रं निषेविताः Ms.6.88.
    -शीघ्रम् ind. as quickly as possible.
    -शीलम् ind. in accordance with one's temper.
    -श्रुत a. according to the report.
    -श्रुतम् -ति ind.
    1 as heard or reported.
    -2 (यथाश्रुति) according to Vedic precepts; अस्मात् परं बत यथाश्रुति संभृतानि को नः कुले निवपनानि करिष्यतीति Ś.6.25.
    -श्रेष्ठम् ind. in order of precedence or merit.
    -श्लक्ष्ण a. behaving in such a way that the weaker is placed first.
    -संस्थम् ind. according to circumstances.
    -संख्यम् a figure of speech in Rhetoric; यथासंख्यं क्रमेणैव क्रमिकाणां समन्वयः K. P.1; e. g. शत्रुं मित्रं विपत्तिं च जय रञ्जय भञ्जय Chandr.5.17.
    (-ख्यम्), -संख्येन ind. ac- cording to number, respectively, number for number; हृत्कण्ठतालुगाभिस्तु यथासंख्यं द्विजातयः (शुध्येरन्) Y.1.21.
    -समयम् ind.
    1 at the proper time.
    -2 according to agreement or established usage.
    -संभव a. possible.
    -संभावित a. suitable, appropriate.
    -सर्वम् ind. in all particulars.
    -सवनम् ind. according to the time or season.
    -सारम् ind. according to quality or goodness.
    -सुखम् ind.
    1 at will or pleasure.
    -2 at ease, comfortably, pleasantly, so as to give pleasure; अङ्के निधाय करभोरु यथासुखं ते संवाहयामि चरणावुत पद्मताम्रौ Ś.3.2; R.9.48; Ms.4.43.
    -स्थानम् the right or proper place. (
    -नम्) ind.
    1 in the proper place; duly, properly.
    -2 instantly.
    -3 according to rank.
    -स्थित a.
    1 according to circumstances or actual facts, as it stands; रामं यथास्थितं सर्वं भ्राता ब्रूते स्म विह्वलः Bk.6.8.
    -2 right, proper, fit. (
    -तम्) ind.
    1 truly, properly.
    -2 according to circumstances.
    -स्थिति ind. as usual, according to state or circumstances.
    -स्थूलम् ind. without details.
    -स्व a. each according to (his or her) own; यथास्वान् जग्मुरालयान् Mb.12.44.14.
    -स्वम् ind.
    1 each his own, respectively; अध्यासते चीरभृतो यथास्वम् R.13.22; Ki.14.43.
    -2 individually; यथास्वमाश्रमैश्चके वर्णैरपि षडंशभाक् R.17.65.
    -3 duly, properly, rightly; यथास्वं ग्राहकान्येषां शब्दादीनामिमानि तु Mb.3.211.13.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > यथा _yathā

  • 15 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 16 importante

    adj.
    1 important (destacado, significativo).
    2 considerable.
    3 significant, considerable, sizable.
    * * *
    1 (gen) important; (por su gravedad) serious; (por su cantidad) considerable
    2 (influyente) important
    * * *
    adj.
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) (=trascendental) [información, persona] important; [acontecimiento] significant, important; [papel, factor, parte] important, major; [cambio] significant, major

    un paso importante para la democracia — an important o a big o a major step for democracy

    • dárselas de importante — to give o.s. airs

    • lo importante es... — the main thing is...

    • poco importante — unimportant

    • es importante que — it is important that

    2) [como intensificador] [cantidad, pérdida] considerable; [herida] serious; [retraso] considerable, serious
    * * *
    a) <noticia/persona> important; <acontecimiento/cambio> important, significant

    ¿qué dice la carta? - nada importante — what does the letter say? - nothing of any importance o nothing much

    lo importante es... — the important thing is...

    dárselas de or hacerse el importante — to give oneself airs

    b) < pérdidas> serious, considerable; < daños> severe, considerable; < cantidad> considerable, significant
    * * *
    = considerable, important, major, notable, prominent, relevant, remarkable, significant, significantly, substantial, weighty, consequential, solid, acute, appreciable, major, mighty [mightier -comp., mightiest -sup.], goodly [goodlier -comp., goodliest -sup.], key, meaningful, vital, hefty [heftier -comp., heftiest -sup.], of consequence, meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.], seminal.
    Ex. The need to become familiar with different command languages for different hosts is a considerable barrier to effective retrieval.
    Ex. Accessibility to the documents stored in files is an important factor, so the physical storage is important.
    Ex. This scheme aims for a more helpful order than the major schemes, by following the groupings of subjects as they are taught in schools.
    Ex. There are notable differences in practice between the United States and the United Kingdom.
    Ex. Classification is also prominent in the physical arrangement of documents.
    Ex. Most such bulletins list titles or abstracts, together with citations of relevant new documents in the subject area.
    Ex. Two remarkable features of the BM code are its acceptance of corporate authorship, and its use of form headings.
    Ex. With online display, the alphabetical arrangement can become less significant, since all look-ups can be achieved with the computer, and there is less need for the scanning of alphabetical lists.
    Ex. The problem of their citation looms less significantly in abstracting and indexing products than that of the citation of periodical articles.
    Ex. This data base will eventually become a very substantial bibliographic data base.
    Ex. Whether the juxtaposition of language with literature is as weighty an advantage as has on occasion been claimed is, I think, debatable.
    Ex. The democratisation of Russian intellectual life was one of the most consequential of the dramatic social and political changes that took place in Russia in the 1860s.
    Ex. There is no doubt that the ideas put forward by Coates and their implementation in BTI have been a solid step forward in the theory of alphabetical subject headings.
    Ex. In some areas of study, notably the social sciences, the problems vocabulary are acute.
    Ex. Cannabis often shows no appreciable effects the first time it is taken.
    Ex. In the face of present priorities and staff commitments, the Library feels that it cannot undertake a comprehensive study of the subject heading system that would pave the way for a major restructuring of the system.
    Ex. The October 2002 issue of CONVERGE magazine lists their picks for the 'Shapers of the Future 2002' -- 'today's leaders and innovators who have dreamed and accomplished mighty things in technology and education'.
    Ex. However, we must not forget the book which the critics acclaim and which also sells in goodly numbers.
    Ex. This meeting brought together representatives of the key organizations in the community.
    Ex. Each operator has a filing value which has been designate in order to ensure that terms appear in the index string in an order that will produce a meaningful set of index entries.
    Ex. The pressures of the marketplace mean that any vital facility must be offered by all of the major hosts.
    Ex. Research publication had to adopt the same economic model as trade publication, and research libraries the world over paid the hefty price = Las publicaciones científicas tuvieron que adoptar el mismo modelo económico que las publicaciones comerciales y las bibliotecas universitarias de todo el mundo pagaron un precio elevado.
    Ex. We have the right and responsibility to make wise decisions in 'times of consequence'.
    Ex. We want Robyn to write about really meaty issues every week, instead of talking about spousal abuse.
    Ex. He has published seminal papers on automated cataloging and authority control in Library Journal, Library Quarterly, and Journal of Library Automation.
    ----
    * acontecimiento importante = milestone, red carpet event.
    * considerar importante = hold + Nombre + dear.
    * continuar siendo importante = remain + big.
    * economizar en cosas importantes y derrochar en nimiedades = penny wise, pound foolish.
    * el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.
    * es importante destacar = importantly.
    * evento importante = milestone.
    * hacer que sea importante = render + important.
    * hacerse cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * la parte más importante = the heart of.
    * llegar a un momento importante en + Posesivo + historia = reach + milestone.
    * lo más importante = most of all.
    * lo que es más importante = most importantly, more importantly, most of all, most important.
    * lo que es muy importante = importantly.
    * más importante = foremost.
    * más importante aun = more significantly.
    * menos importante, el = least, the.
    * muy importante = critical, very importantly, big time.
    * poco importante = small-time.
    * por último pero no menos importante = last but not least.
    * sentirse importante = feel + important.
    * ser Algo muy importante = loom + large.
    * ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * ser importante = be of importance, be of consequence.
    * suceso importante = critical incident.
    * suma importante = princely sum.
    * último pero no el menos importante, el = final and not the least important, the.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importante = not the least + Nombre, not the least of + Nombre.
    * * *
    a) <noticia/persona> important; <acontecimiento/cambio> important, significant

    ¿qué dice la carta? - nada importante — what does the letter say? - nothing of any importance o nothing much

    lo importante es... — the important thing is...

    dárselas de or hacerse el importante — to give oneself airs

    b) < pérdidas> serious, considerable; < daños> severe, considerable; < cantidad> considerable, significant
    * * *
    = considerable, important, major, notable, prominent, relevant, remarkable, significant, significantly, substantial, weighty, consequential, solid, acute, appreciable, major, mighty [mightier -comp., mightiest -sup.], goodly [goodlier -comp., goodliest -sup.], key, meaningful, vital, hefty [heftier -comp., heftiest -sup.], of consequence, meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.], seminal.

    Ex: The need to become familiar with different command languages for different hosts is a considerable barrier to effective retrieval.

    Ex: Accessibility to the documents stored in files is an important factor, so the physical storage is important.
    Ex: This scheme aims for a more helpful order than the major schemes, by following the groupings of subjects as they are taught in schools.
    Ex: There are notable differences in practice between the United States and the United Kingdom.
    Ex: Classification is also prominent in the physical arrangement of documents.
    Ex: Most such bulletins list titles or abstracts, together with citations of relevant new documents in the subject area.
    Ex: Two remarkable features of the BM code are its acceptance of corporate authorship, and its use of form headings.
    Ex: With online display, the alphabetical arrangement can become less significant, since all look-ups can be achieved with the computer, and there is less need for the scanning of alphabetical lists.
    Ex: The problem of their citation looms less significantly in abstracting and indexing products than that of the citation of periodical articles.
    Ex: This data base will eventually become a very substantial bibliographic data base.
    Ex: Whether the juxtaposition of language with literature is as weighty an advantage as has on occasion been claimed is, I think, debatable.
    Ex: The democratisation of Russian intellectual life was one of the most consequential of the dramatic social and political changes that took place in Russia in the 1860s.
    Ex: There is no doubt that the ideas put forward by Coates and their implementation in BTI have been a solid step forward in the theory of alphabetical subject headings.
    Ex: In some areas of study, notably the social sciences, the problems vocabulary are acute.
    Ex: Cannabis often shows no appreciable effects the first time it is taken.
    Ex: In the face of present priorities and staff commitments, the Library feels that it cannot undertake a comprehensive study of the subject heading system that would pave the way for a major restructuring of the system.
    Ex: The October 2002 issue of CONVERGE magazine lists their picks for the 'Shapers of the Future 2002' -- 'today's leaders and innovators who have dreamed and accomplished mighty things in technology and education'.
    Ex: However, we must not forget the book which the critics acclaim and which also sells in goodly numbers.
    Ex: This meeting brought together representatives of the key organizations in the community.
    Ex: Each operator has a filing value which has been designate in order to ensure that terms appear in the index string in an order that will produce a meaningful set of index entries.
    Ex: The pressures of the marketplace mean that any vital facility must be offered by all of the major hosts.
    Ex: Research publication had to adopt the same economic model as trade publication, and research libraries the world over paid the hefty price = Las publicaciones científicas tuvieron que adoptar el mismo modelo económico que las publicaciones comerciales y las bibliotecas universitarias de todo el mundo pagaron un precio elevado.
    Ex: We have the right and responsibility to make wise decisions in 'times of consequence'.
    Ex: We want Robyn to write about really meaty issues every week, instead of talking about spousal abuse.
    Ex: He has published seminal papers on automated cataloging and authority control in Library Journal, Library Quarterly, and Journal of Library Automation.
    * acontecimiento importante = milestone, red carpet event.
    * considerar importante = hold + Nombre + dear.
    * continuar siendo importante = remain + big.
    * economizar en cosas importantes y derrochar en nimiedades = penny wise, pound foolish.
    * el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.
    * es importante destacar = importantly.
    * evento importante = milestone.
    * hacer que sea importante = render + important.
    * hacerse cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * la parte más importante = the heart of.
    * llegar a un momento importante en + Posesivo + historia = reach + milestone.
    * lo más importante = most of all.
    * lo que es más importante = most importantly, more importantly, most of all, most important.
    * lo que es muy importante = importantly.
    * más importante = foremost.
    * más importante aun = more significantly.
    * menos importante, el = least, the.
    * muy importante = critical, very importantly, big time.
    * poco importante = small-time.
    * por último pero no menos importante = last but not least.
    * sentirse importante = feel + important.
    * ser Algo muy importante = loom + large.
    * ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * ser importante = be of importance, be of consequence.
    * suceso importante = critical incident.
    * suma importante = princely sum.
    * último pero no el menos importante, el = final and not the least important, the.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importante = not the least + Nombre, not the least of + Nombre.

    * * *
    1 ‹noticia/persona› important; ‹acontecimiento/cambio› important, significant
    tengo algo importante que decirte I have something important to tell you
    ¿qué dice la carta? — nada importante what does the letter say? — nothing of any importance o nothing much
    lo importante es participar the important thing is to take part
    es importante que vayas it's important that you go
    2 ‹pérdidas› serious, considerable; ‹cantidad› considerable, significant
    una importante suma de dinero a large o considerable o significant sum of money
    la tormenta causó importantes daños the storm caused severe o considerable damage
    un número importante de ciudadanos a significant o considerable o large number of citizens
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    algo importante    
    importante
    importante adjetivo
    a) ‹noticia/persona› important;

    ‹acontecimiento/cambio› important, significant;
    dárselas de or hacerse el importante to give oneself airs

    ‹ daños› severe, considerable;
    ‹ cantidad› considerable, significant
    importante adjetivo important, significant: un importante geólogo dará la conferencia, a noted geologist will give the lecture
    una cantidad importante, a considerable amount
    ' importante' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bonita
    - bonito
    - categoría
    - ciudad
    - comodidad
    - consignar
    - cosa
    - cualquiera
    - despreciable
    - eje
    - eslabón
    - floricultura
    - gorda
    - gordo
    - historia
    - histórica
    - histórico
    - inmediatez
    - menos
    - nada
    - núcleo
    - opinar
    - personaje
    - pintar
    - poderosa
    - poderoso
    - reseñar
    - sabrosa
    - sabroso
    - salario
    - señalada
    - señalado
    - señor
    - suma
    - sustancial
    - sustantiva
    - sustantivo
    - tomo
    - viso
    - indiferente
    - notable
    - papel
    - parecer
    - personalidad
    - pez
    - que
    - trascendental
    - trascendente
    - un
    - visita
    English:
    amount to
    - appreciable
    - armory
    - armoury
    - assassin
    - assassination
    - big
    - consideration
    - depreciate
    - edit
    - flagship
    - grain
    - grand
    - great
    - head-hunt
    - high
    - if
    - important
    - increasingly
    - large
    - last
    - leading
    - least
    - major
    - mean
    - morality
    - prominent
    - significant
    - sponsor
    - thing
    - VIP
    - weighty
    - assassinate
    - come
    - considerable
    - feature
    - feel
    - first
    - foremost
    - name
    - priority
    - strongly
    - substantial
    * * *
    1. [destacado, significativo] important;
    el descontento está adquiriendo proporciones importantes dissatisfaction is becoming widespread;
    ocupa un cargo importante en el ministerio he has an important job at the ministry;
    ella es muy importante para mí she's very important to me;
    lo importante es hacerlo despacio the important thing is to do it slowly;
    no te preocupes, lo importante es que tengas buena salud don't worry, the most important thing is for you to be healthy;
    dárselas de importante, hacerse el/la importante to give oneself airs, to act all important
    2. [cantidad] considerable;
    [lesión] serious;
    una cantidad importante de dinero a significant o considerable sum of money;
    * * *
    adj important
    * * *
    : important
    * * *
    1. (en general) important
    2. (considerable) considerable

    Spanish-English dictionary > importante

  • 17 follow

    ['fɒləʊ] 1.
    1) (move after) seguire [person, car] ( into in)

    to follow sb. in — entrare seguendo qcn.

    2) (come after) seguire [event, item on list]; succedere a [ leader]
    3) (go along, be guided by) seguire [clue, path, fashion, instinct, instructions]
    4) (support, be led by) seguire [teachings, example]; praticare, professare [ religion]; aderire a [faith, ideas]; essere seguace di [person, leader]
    5) (watch or read closely) seguire [sport, stock market, serial, trial]
    6) (understand) seguire [explanation, reasoning]
    7) (practise) esercitare, fare [trade, profession]; proseguire [ career]; seguire [ way of life]
    2.
    1) (move after) seguire

    to follow in sb.'s footsteps — seguire le tracce di qcn

    3) (be logical consequence) conseguire, derivare
    4) (understand) seguire
    •
    * * *
    ['foləu] 1. verb
    1) (to go or come after: I will follow (you).) seguire
    2) (to go along (a road, river etc): Follow this road.) seguire
    3) (to understand: Do you follow (my argument)?) seguire
    4) (to act according to: I followed his advice.) seguire
    •
    - following 2. adjective
    1) (coming after: the following day.) seguente, successivo
    2) (about to be mentioned: You will need the following things.)
    3. preposition
    (after; as a result of: Following his illness, his hair turned white.) in seguito a
    4. pronoun
    (things about to be mentioned: You must bring the following - pen, pencil, paper and rubber.)
    - follow up
    * * *
    ['fɒləʊ] 1.
    1) (move after) seguire [person, car] ( into in)

    to follow sb. in — entrare seguendo qcn.

    2) (come after) seguire [event, item on list]; succedere a [ leader]
    3) (go along, be guided by) seguire [clue, path, fashion, instinct, instructions]
    4) (support, be led by) seguire [teachings, example]; praticare, professare [ religion]; aderire a [faith, ideas]; essere seguace di [person, leader]
    5) (watch or read closely) seguire [sport, stock market, serial, trial]
    6) (understand) seguire [explanation, reasoning]
    7) (practise) esercitare, fare [trade, profession]; proseguire [ career]; seguire [ way of life]
    2.
    1) (move after) seguire

    to follow in sb.'s footsteps — seguire le tracce di qcn

    3) (be logical consequence) conseguire, derivare
    4) (understand) seguire
    •

    English-Italian dictionary > follow

  • 18 be

    'bi: ɡi:
    ( abbreviation) (Bachelor of Engineering; first degree in Engineering.) licenciatura en Ingeniería
    be vb
    1. ser
    what time is it? It's 3 o'clock ¿qué hora es? Son las tres
    who is it? It's me ¿quién es? Soy yo
    2. estar
    how are you? I'm fine ¿cómo estás? estoy bien
    where is Pauline? ¿dónde está Pauline?
    how far is it? ¿a qué distancia está?
    what day is it today? ¿qué día es hoy? / ¿a qué día estamos?
    3. tener
    how old are you? I'm 16 ¿cuántos años tienes? tengo 16 años
    4. costar / valer / ser
    how much is it? ¿cuánto cuesta? / ¿cuánto vale? / ¿cuánto es?
    the tickets are £15 each las entradas valen 15 libras cada una
    5. hacer
    6. haber
    how many children are there? ¿cuántos niños hay?
    what are you doing? ¿qué estás haciendo? / ¿qué haces?
    look, it's snowing mira, está nevando

    be sustantivo femenino: name of the letter b, often called be largaor grande to distinguish it from v 'be' also found in these entries: Spanish: A - abasto - abate - abismo - abotargarse - abreviar - abrirse - absoluta - absoluto - abultar - abundar - aburrir - aburrirse - acabose - acariciar - acaso - acertar - achantarse - acometer - acostada - acostado - acostumbrar - acostumbrada - acostumbrado - acreditar - activa - activo - adelantar - adelantarse - adentro - adivinarse - admirarse - adolecer - aferrarse - afianzarse - aficionada - aficionado - afligirse - agonizar - agotarse - agradecer - agua - ahogarse - ahora - aire - ajo - ala - alarmarse - alcanzar - alegrarse English: aback - abate - about - absent - accordance - account for - accountable - accustom - acquaint - action - addicted - address - adequate - adjust - admit - affiliated - afford - afraid - agenda - agree - agreement - ahead - air - airsick - alert - alive - alone - along - aloof - alphabetically - always - am - ambition - amenable - amusing - anathema - annoyance - anomaly - anxious - apologetic - appal - appall - are - arm - around - arrears - as - ashamed - aspire - assert
    be
    tr[biː]
    intransitive verb (pres 1ª pers am, 2ª pers sing y todas del pl are, 3ª pers sing is; pt 1ª y 3ª pers sing was, 2ª pers sing y todas del pl; pp been)
    5 (origin) ser
    9 (use) ser
    10 (location) estar
    ■ how are you? ¿cómo estás?
    12 (age) tener
    13 (price) costar, valer
    ■ a single ticket is £9.50 un billete de ida cuesta £9.50
    14 tener
    ■ he's hot/cold tiene calor/frío
    ■ we're hungry/thirsty tenemos hambre/sed
    1 (passive) ser
    ■ she was arrested at the border fue detenida en la frontera, la detuvieron en la frontera
    ■ he's hated by everybody es odiado por todos, todos lo odian
    ■ he was discharged fue dado de alta, lo dieron de alta
    ■ the house has been sold la casa ha sido vendida, la casa se ha vendido, han vendido la casa
    ■ thirty children were injured treinta niños fueron heridos, treinta niños resultaron heridos
    auxiliar be + to + inf
    1 (obligation) deber, tener que
    phrase there is / there are
    1 hay
    ■ is there much traffic ¿hay mucho tráfico?
    1 había
    ■ were there many people? ¿había mucha gente?
    1 habrá
    1 habría
    ■ if Mike came, there would be ten of us si viniera Mike, seríamos diez
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    to be about to «+ inf» estar para + inf, estar a punto de + inf
    to be or not to be ser o no ser
    be ['bi:] v, was ['wəz, 'wɑz] ; were ['wər] ; been ['bɪn] ; being ; am ['æm] ; is ['ɪz] ; are ['ɑr] vi
    José is a doctor: José es doctor
    I'm Ana's sister: soy la hermana de Ana
    the tree is tall: el árbol es alto
    you're silly!: ¡eres tonto!
    she's from Managua: es de Managua
    it's mine: es mío
    my mother is at home: mi madre está en casa
    the cups are on the table: las tazas están en la mesa
    5) (expressing existence) : ser, existir
    to be or not to be: ser, o no ser
    I think, therefore I am: pienso, luego existo
    how are you?: ¿cómo estás?
    I'm cold: tengo frío
    she's 10 years old: tiene 10 años
    they're both sick: están enfermos los dos
    be v impers
    it's eight o'clock: son las ocho
    it's Friday: hoy es viernes
    2) (indicating a condition) : hacer, estar
    it's sunny: hace sol
    it's very dark outside: está bien oscuro afuera
    be v aux
    what are you doing? -I'm working: ¿qué haces? -estoy trabajando
    it was finished yesterday: fue acabado ayer, se acabó ayer
    it was cooked in the oven: se cocinó en el horno
    can she be trusted?: ¿se puede confiar en ella?
    you are to stay here: debes quedarte aquí
    he was to come yesterday: se esperaba que viniese ayer
    be
    v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: was, were, been) = estar v.
    (§pres: estoy, estás...) pret: estuv-•)
    • ser v.
    (§pres: soy, eres, es, somos, sois, son) subj: se-
    imp: er-
    fu-•)
    biːˌ weak form bi
    1.
    1) (pres am, are, is; past was, were; past p been) intransitive verb [See notes at ser and estar]
    2)
    a) (followed by an adjective)

    she's French/intelligent — es francesa/inteligente

    he's worried/furious — está preocupado/furioso

    he's blind — es or (Esp tb) está ciego

    have you never had gazpacho? it's delicious! — ¿nunca has comido gazpacho? es delicioso!

    the gazpacho is delicious, did you make it yourself? — el gazpacho está delicioso ¿lo hiciste tú?

    she was very rude to me — estuvo or fue muy grosera conmigo

    Tony is married/divorced/single — Tony está or (esp AmL) es casado/divorciado/soltero

    to be married to somebody — estar* casado con alguien

    3)
    a) (followed by a noun) ser*

    who was Prime Minister at the time? — ¿quién era Primer Ministro en ese momento?

    it's me/Daniel — soy yo/es Daniel

    if I were you, I'd stay — yo que tú or yo en tu lugar me quedaría

    b) ( play the role of) hacer* de
    4)

    how are you? — ¿cómo estás?

    I'm much better — estoy or me encuentro mucho mejor

    she's pregnant/tired — está embarazada/cansada

    I'm cold/hot/hungry/thirsty/sleepy — tengo frío/calor/hambre/sed/sueño

    b) ( talking about age) tener*

    how old are you? — ¿cuántos años tienes?

    he's a lot older/younger — es mucho mayor/menor

    c) (giving cost, measurement, weight)

    how much is that? - that'll be $15, please — ¿cuánto es? - (son) 15 dólares, por favor

    they are $15 each — cuestan or valen 15 dólares cada una

    how tall/heavy is he? — ¿cuánto mide/pesa?

    5)
    a) (exist, live)

    I think, therefore I am — pienso, luego existo

    to let something/somebody be — dejar tranquilo or en paz algo/a alguien

    don't be too long — no tardes mucho, no (te) demores mucho (esp AmL)

    I'm drying my hair, I won't be long — me estoy secando el pelo, enseguida estoy

    how long will dinner be? — ¿cuánto falta para la cena?

    c) ( take place) ser*
    6) (be situated, present) estar*

    where is the library? — ¿dónde está or queda la biblioteca?

    where are you? — ¿dónde estás?

    what's in that box? — ¿qué hay en esa caja?

    who's in the movie? — ¿quién actúa or trabaja en la película?

    how long are you in Chicago (for)? — (colloq) ¿cuánto (tiempo) te vas a quedar en Chicago ?

    have you been to the exhibition yet? — ¿ya has estado en or has ido a la exposición?


    2.
    v impers
    1)
    a) (talking about physical conditions, circumstances)

    it's sunny/cold/hot — hace sol/frío/calor

    it's so noisy/quiet in here! — qué ruido/silencio hay aquí!

    I have enough problems as it is, without you... — yo ya tengo suficientes problemas sin que tú encima...

    hi, Joe, it's been a long time — qué tal, Joe, tanto tiempo (sin verte)

    it's 500 miles from here to Detroit — Detroit queda or está a 500 millas de aquí

    2)
    a) (introducing person, object) ser*

    it was me who told them — fui yo quien se lo dije or dijo, fui yo el que se lo dije or dijo

    b) (in conditional use) ser*

    if it hadn't been o had it not been for Juan, we would have been killed — si no hubiera sido por Juan or de no ser por Juan, nos habríamos matado


    3.
    v aux

    what was I saying? — ¿qué estaba diciendo?

    she was leaving when... — se iba cuando...

    how long have you been waiting? — ¿cuánto (tiempo) hace que esperas?, ¿cuánto (tiempo) llevas esperando?

    he is o will be arriving tomorrow — llega mañana

    when are you seeing her? — ¿cuándo la vas a ver or la verás?

    2) (in the passive voice) ser* [The passive voice, however, is less common in Spanish than it is in English]

    it was built in 1903 — fue construido en 1903, se construyó en 1903, lo construyeron en 1903

    she was told that... — le dijeron or se le dijo que...

    it is known that... — se sabe que...

    3) to be to + inf

    if a solution is to be found... — si se quiere encontrar or si se ha de encontrar una solución...

    what are we to do? — ¿qué podemos hacer?

    c) ( expressing obligation) deber* + inf, tener* que + inf, haber* de + inf

    tell her she's to stay here — dile que debe quedarse or tiene que quedarse aquí, dile que se quede aquí

    am I to understand that... ? — ¿debo entender que... ?

    what would happen if she were o was to die? — ¿qué pasaría si ella muriera?

    5)

    she's right, isn't she? — tiene razón, ¿no? or ¿verdad? or ¿no es cierto?

    so that's what you think, is it? — de manera que eso es lo que piensas

    are you disappointed? - yes, I am/no, I'm not — ¿estás desilusionado? - sí (, lo estoy)/no (, no lo estoy)

    she was told the news, and so was he/but I wasn't — a ella le dieron la noticia, y también a él/pero a mí no

    I'm surprised, are/aren't you? — estoy sorprendido, ¿y tú?/¿tú no?

    [biː] (present am, is or are pt was or were pp been)
    1. INTRANSITIVE VERB
    1) (linking nouns, noun phrases, pronouns) ser

    it's me! — ¡soy yo!

    who wants to be Hamlet? — ¿quién quiere hacer de or ser Hamlet?

    if I were you... — yo en tu lugar..., yo que tú... *

    it's round/enormous — es redondo/enorme

    Use [estar] with past participles used as adjectives describing the results of an action or process:

    she's bored/ill — está aburrida/enferma

    how are you? — ¿cómo estás?, ¿qué tal estás?

    how are you now? — ¿qué tal te encuentras ahora?

    I'm very well, thanks — estoy muy bien, gracias

    In certain expressions where English uses [be] + adjective to describe feelings ([be cold]/[hot]/[hungry]/[thirsty]), Spanish uses [tener] with a noun:

    I'm cold/hot — tengo frío/calor

    I'm hungry/thirsty — tengo hambre/sed

    be good! — ¡pórtate bien!

    afraid, sleepy, right

    "how old is she?" - "she's nine" — -¿cuántos años tiene? -tiene nueve años

    6) (=take place) ser
    7) (=be situated) estar

    it's on the table — está sobre or en la mesa

    where is the Town Hall? — ¿dónde está or queda el ayuntamiento?

    it's 5 km to the village — el pueblo está or queda a 5 kilómetros

    we've been here for ages — hace mucho tiempo que estamos aquí, llevamos aquí mucho tiempo, estamos aquí desde hace mucho tiempo

    • here you are(, take it) — aquí tienes(, tómalo)

    • there's the church — ahí está la iglesia

    it's hot/cold — hace calor/frío

    b) (referring to time, date etc) ser

    wake up, it's morning — despierta, es de día

    what's the date (today)? — ¿qué fecha es hoy?

    it's 3 May or the 3rd of May — es 3 de mayo

    But note the following alternatives with [estar]:

    it's 3 May or the 3rd of May — estamos a 3 de mayo

    is it certain that...? — ¿es verdad or cierto que...?

    is it fair that she should be punished while...? — ¿es justo que se la castigue mientras que...?

    it is possible that he'll come — es posible que venga, puede (ser) que venga

    it is unbelievable that... — es increíble que...

    it's not clear whether... — no está claro si...

    d) (emphatic) ser

    why is it that she's so successful? — ¿cómo es que tiene tanto éxito?, ¿por qué tiene tanto éxito?

    it was then that... — fue entonces cuando...

    9) (=exist) haber

    there is/are — hay

    what is (there) in that room? — ¿qué hay en esa habitación?

    is there anyone at home? — ¿hay alguien en casa?

    there being no alternative solution... — al no haber or no habiendo otra solución...

    let there be light! — ¡hágase la luz!

    See:
    THERE IS, THERE ARE in there
    10) (=cost)

    how much was it? — ¿cuánto costó?

    the book is £20 — el libro vale or cuesta 20 libras

    how much is it? — ¿cuánto es?; (when paying) ¿qué le debo? frm

    11) (=visit)

    has the postman been? — ¿ha venido el cartero?

    have you ever been to Glasgow? — ¿has estado en Glasgow alguna vez?

    • mother to be — futura madre or mamá f

    • my wife to be — mi futura esposa

    • been and * —

    you've been and done it now! — ¡buena la has hecho! *

    that dog of yours has been and dug up my flowers! — ¡tu perro ha ido y me ha destrozado las flores!

    • you're busy enough as it is — estás bastante ocupado ya con lo que tienes, ya tienes suficiente trabajo

    • if it hadn't been for..., if it hadn't been for you or frm had it not been for you, we would have lost — si no hubiera sido por ti or de no haber sido por ti, habríamos perdido

    • let me be! — ¡déjame en paz!

    • if that's what you want to do, then so be it — si eso es lo que quieres hacer, adelante

    • what is it to you? * — ¿a ti qué te importa?

    • what's it to be? — (in bar etc) ¿qué va a ser?, ¿qué vas a tomar?

    2. AUXILIARY VERB
    The passive is not used as often in Spanish as in English, active and reflexive constructions often being preferred:

    it is said that... — dicen que..., se dice que...

    she was killed in a car crash — murió en un accidente de coche, resultó muerta en un accidente de coche frm

    what's to be done? — ¿qué hay que hacer?

    • it's a film not to be missed — es una película que no hay que perderse

    • we searched everywhere for him, but he was nowhere to be seen — lo buscamos por todas partes pero no lo encontramos en ningún sitio

    what are you doing? — ¿qué estás haciendo?, ¿qué haces?

    Use the present simple to talk about planned future events and the construction to talk about intention:

    "it's a pity you aren't coming with us" - "but I am coming!" — -¡qué pena que no vengas con nosotros! -¡sí que voy!

    will you be seeing her tomorrow? — ¿la verás or la vas a ver mañana?

    will you be needing more? — ¿vas a necesitar más?

    I'll be seeing you — hasta luego, nos vemos (esp LAm)

    The imperfect tense can be used for continuous action in the past: for, since
    a)

    "he's going to complain about you" - "oh, is he?" — -va a quejarse de ti -¿ah, sí?

    "I'm worried" - "so am I" — -estoy preocupado -yo también

    "I'm not ready" - "neither am I" — -no estoy listo -yo tampoco

    "you're tired" - "no, I'm not" — -estás cansado -no, ¡qué va!

    "you're not eating enough" - "yes I am" — -no comes lo suficiente -que sí

    "they're getting married" - "oh, are they?" — (showing surprise) -se casan -¿ah, sí? or -¡no me digas!

    "he isn't very happy" - "oh, isn't he?" — -no está muy contento -¿ah, no?

    "he's always late, isn't he?" - "yes, he is" — -siempre llega tarde, ¿verdad? -(pues) sí

    "is it what you expected?" - "no, it isn't" — -¿es esto lo que esperabas? -(pues) no

    "she's pretty" - "no, she isn't" — -es guapa -¡qué va!

    he's handsome, isn't he? — es guapo, ¿verdad?, es guapo, ¿no?, es guapo, ¿no es cierto?

    it was fun, wasn't it? — fue divertido, ¿verdad?, fue divertido, ¿no?

    she wasn't happy, was she? — no era feliz, ¿verdad?

    so he's back again, is he? — así que ha vuelto, ¿eh?

    you're not ill, are you? — ¿no estarás enfermo?

    3. MODAL VERB
    (with infinitive construction)
    1) (=must, have to)

    he's not to open it — no debe abrirlo, que no lo abra

    I am to do it — he de hacerlo yo, soy yo el que debe hacerlo

    I wasn't to tell you his name — no podía or debía decirte su nombre

    2) (=should) deber

    am I to understand that...? — ¿debo entender que...?

    she wrote "My Life", not to be confused with Bernstein's book of the same name — escribió "Mi Vida", que no debe confundirse con la obra de Bernstein que lleva el mismo título

    he was to have come yesterday — tenía que or debía haber venido ayer

    3) (=will)
    4) (=can)

    if it was or were to snow... — si nevase or nevara...

    if I were to leave the job, would you replace me? — si yo dejara el puesto, ¿me sustituirías?

    BE
    "Ser" or "estar"?
    You can use "ser": ► when defining or identifying by linking two nouns or noun phrases:
    Paris is the capital of France París es la capital de Francia
    He was the most hated man in the village Era el hombre más odiado del pueblo ► to describe essential or inherent characteristics (e.g. colour, material, nationality, race, shape, size {etc}):
    His mother is German Su madre es alemana
    She was blonde Era rubia ► with most impersonal expressions not involving past participles:
    It is important to be on time Es importante llegar a tiempo
    Está claro que is an exception:
    It is obvious you don't understand Está claro que no lo entiendes ► when telling the time or talking about time or age:
    It is ten o'clock Son las diez
    It's very late. Let's go home Es muy tarde. Vamos a casa
    He lived in the country when he was young Vivió en el campo cuando era joven ► to indicate possession or duty:
    It's mine Es mío
    This is your responsibility Este asunto es responsabilidad tuya ► with events in the sense of "take place":
    The 1992 Olympic Games were in Barcelona Los Juegos Olímpicos de 1992 fueron en Barcelona
    "Where is the exam?" - "It's in Room 1" "¿Dónde es el examen?" - "Es en el Aula Número 1" NOTE: Compare this usage with that of estar (see below) to talk about location of places, objects and people.
    You can use "estar": ► to talk about location of places, objects and people:
    "Where is Zaragoza?" - "It's in Spain" "¿Dónde está Zaragoza?" - "Está en España"
    Your glasses are on the bedside table Tus gafas están en la mesilla de noche NOTE: But use ser with events in the sense of "take place" (see above)}. ► to talk about changeable state, condition or mood:
    The teacher is ill La profesora está enferma
    The coffee's cold El café está frío
    How happy I am! ¡Qué contento estoy! NOTE: Feliz, however, which is seen as more permanent than contento, is used mainly with ser. ► to form progressive tenses:
    We're having lunch. Is it ok if I call you later? Estamos comiendo. Te llamaré luego, ¿vale?
    Both "ser" and "estar" can be used with past participles ► Use ser in {passive} constructions:
    This play was written by Lorca Esta obra fue escrita por Lorca
    He was shot dead (by a terrorist group) Fue asesinado a tiros (por un grupo terrorista) NOTE: The passive is not used as often in Spanish as it is in English. ► Use estar with past participles to describe the {results} of a previous action or event:
    We threw them away because they were broken Los tiramos a la basura porque estaban rotos
    He's dead Está muerto ► Compare the use of ser + ((past participle)) which describes {action} and estar + ((past participle)) which describes {result} in the following:
    The window was broken by the firemen La ventana fue rota por los bomberos
    The window was broken La ventana estaba rota
    It was painted around 1925 Fue pintado hacia 1925
    The floor is painted a dark colour El suelo está pintado de color oscuro ► Ser and estar are both used in impersonal expressions with past participles. As above, the use of ser implies {action} while the use of estar implies {result}:
    It is understood that the work was never finished Es sabido que el trabajo nunca se llegó a terminar
    It is a proven fact that vaccinations save many lives Está demostrado que las vacunas salvan muchas vidas
    "Ser" and "estar" with adjectives ► Some adjectives can be used with both ser and estar but the meaning changes completely depending on the verb:
    He's clever Es listo
    Are you ready? ¿Estás listo?
    Chemistry is boring La química es aburrida
    I'm bored Estoy aburrido ► Other adjectives can also be used with both verbs but the use of ser describes a {characteristic} while the use of estar implies a {change}:
    He's very handsome Es muy guapo
    You look great in that dress! Estás muy guapa con ese vestido
    He's slim Es delgado
    You're (looking) very slim ¡Estás muy delgada! For further uses and examples, see main entry
    * * *
    [biːˌ] weak form [bi]
    1.
    1) (pres am, are, is; past was, were; past p been) intransitive verb [See notes at ser and estar]
    2)
    a) (followed by an adjective)

    she's French/intelligent — es francesa/inteligente

    he's worried/furious — está preocupado/furioso

    he's blind — es or (Esp tb) está ciego

    have you never had gazpacho? it's delicious! — ¿nunca has comido gazpacho? es delicioso!

    the gazpacho is delicious, did you make it yourself? — el gazpacho está delicioso ¿lo hiciste tú?

    she was very rude to me — estuvo or fue muy grosera conmigo

    Tony is married/divorced/single — Tony está or (esp AmL) es casado/divorciado/soltero

    to be married to somebody — estar* casado con alguien

    3)
    a) (followed by a noun) ser*

    who was Prime Minister at the time? — ¿quién era Primer Ministro en ese momento?

    it's me/Daniel — soy yo/es Daniel

    if I were you, I'd stay — yo que tú or yo en tu lugar me quedaría

    b) ( play the role of) hacer* de
    4)

    how are you? — ¿cómo estás?

    I'm much better — estoy or me encuentro mucho mejor

    she's pregnant/tired — está embarazada/cansada

    I'm cold/hot/hungry/thirsty/sleepy — tengo frío/calor/hambre/sed/sueño

    b) ( talking about age) tener*

    how old are you? — ¿cuántos años tienes?

    he's a lot older/younger — es mucho mayor/menor

    c) (giving cost, measurement, weight)

    how much is that? - that'll be $15, please — ¿cuánto es? - (son) 15 dólares, por favor

    they are $15 each — cuestan or valen 15 dólares cada una

    how tall/heavy is he? — ¿cuánto mide/pesa?

    5)
    a) (exist, live)

    I think, therefore I am — pienso, luego existo

    to let something/somebody be — dejar tranquilo or en paz algo/a alguien

    don't be too long — no tardes mucho, no (te) demores mucho (esp AmL)

    I'm drying my hair, I won't be long — me estoy secando el pelo, enseguida estoy

    how long will dinner be? — ¿cuánto falta para la cena?

    c) ( take place) ser*
    6) (be situated, present) estar*

    where is the library? — ¿dónde está or queda la biblioteca?

    where are you? — ¿dónde estás?

    what's in that box? — ¿qué hay en esa caja?

    who's in the movie? — ¿quién actúa or trabaja en la película?

    how long are you in Chicago (for)? — (colloq) ¿cuánto (tiempo) te vas a quedar en Chicago ?

    have you been to the exhibition yet? — ¿ya has estado en or has ido a la exposición?


    2.
    v impers
    1)
    a) (talking about physical conditions, circumstances)

    it's sunny/cold/hot — hace sol/frío/calor

    it's so noisy/quiet in here! — qué ruido/silencio hay aquí!

    I have enough problems as it is, without you... — yo ya tengo suficientes problemas sin que tú encima...

    hi, Joe, it's been a long time — qué tal, Joe, tanto tiempo (sin verte)

    it's 500 miles from here to Detroit — Detroit queda or está a 500 millas de aquí

    2)
    a) (introducing person, object) ser*

    it was me who told them — fui yo quien se lo dije or dijo, fui yo el que se lo dije or dijo

    b) (in conditional use) ser*

    if it hadn't been o had it not been for Juan, we would have been killed — si no hubiera sido por Juan or de no ser por Juan, nos habríamos matado


    3.
    v aux

    what was I saying? — ¿qué estaba diciendo?

    she was leaving when... — se iba cuando...

    how long have you been waiting? — ¿cuánto (tiempo) hace que esperas?, ¿cuánto (tiempo) llevas esperando?

    he is o will be arriving tomorrow — llega mañana

    when are you seeing her? — ¿cuándo la vas a ver or la verás?

    2) (in the passive voice) ser* [The passive voice, however, is less common in Spanish than it is in English]

    it was built in 1903 — fue construido en 1903, se construyó en 1903, lo construyeron en 1903

    she was told that... — le dijeron or se le dijo que...

    it is known that... — se sabe que...

    3) to be to + inf

    if a solution is to be found... — si se quiere encontrar or si se ha de encontrar una solución...

    what are we to do? — ¿qué podemos hacer?

    c) ( expressing obligation) deber* + inf, tener* que + inf, haber* de + inf

    tell her she's to stay here — dile que debe quedarse or tiene que quedarse aquí, dile que se quede aquí

    am I to understand that... ? — ¿debo entender que... ?

    what would happen if she were o was to die? — ¿qué pasaría si ella muriera?

    5)

    she's right, isn't she? — tiene razón, ¿no? or ¿verdad? or ¿no es cierto?

    so that's what you think, is it? — de manera que eso es lo que piensas

    are you disappointed? - yes, I am/no, I'm not — ¿estás desilusionado? - sí (, lo estoy)/no (, no lo estoy)

    she was told the news, and so was he/but I wasn't — a ella le dieron la noticia, y también a él/pero a mí no

    I'm surprised, are/aren't you? — estoy sorprendido, ¿y tú?/¿tú no?

    English-spanish dictionary > be

  • 19 conseguir

    v.
    1 to obtain, to get.
    consiguió todo lo que se propuso she achieved everything she set out to do
    conseguir hacer algo to manage to do something
    no consiguió que me enfadara she didn't (manage to) get me annoyed
    María consiguió un descuento grande Mary got a huge discount.
    2 to get hold of, to get over here.
    María consiguió a Ricardo al fin Mary got hold of Richard at last.
    3 to manage to, to be able to, to get to, to find a way to.
    María consiguió llegar a tiempo Mary mMaríaged to arrive on time.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ SEGUIR], like link=seguir seguir
    1 (cosa) to obtain, get; (objetivo) to attain, achieve
    2 (lograr) to manage, succeed in
    ■ ¡lo conseguí! I did it!
    * * *
    verb
    1) to achieve, attain
    2) get
    * * *
    VT [+ meta, objetivo] to achieve; [+ resultado] to obtain, achieve; [+ premio, campeonato] to win; [+ entradas, empleo, dinero] to get; [+ documento, visado, beca, permiso] to get, obtain; [+ acuerdo] to reach

    consiguieron la mayoría absoluta — they won o gained an absolute majority

    • conseguir hacer algo — to manage to do sth

    • conseguir que algn haga algo — to get sb to do sth

    al final conseguí que me devolvieran el dinero — I got them to give me my money back in the end, I got my money back from them in the end

    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) <objetivo/fin/resultado> to achieve, obtain; <entrada/permiso/empleo> to get

    si lo intentas, al final lo conseguirás — if you try, you'll succeed in the end

    b)

    conseguir + inf — to manage to + inf

    c)

    conseguir que + subj: vas a conseguir que me enfade you're going to get me annoyed; al final conseguí que me dejaran pasar I finally got them to let me through; conseguí que me lo prestara — I got him to lend it to me

    2.
    conseguir vi (RPl)

    conseguir con alguien/algo — to get through to somebody/something

    * * *
    = accomplish, achieve, attain, cultivate, gain, get, obtain, procure, secure, work out, yield, effect, galvanise [galvanize, -USA], come by, get (a)round to, get + hold of, land, acquire, line up, win over.
    Ex. If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.
    Ex. The above citation order is achieved by the intercalation of (73).
    Ex. A fully comparative account of recommendations for filing orders is likely to prove confusing until the reader has attained some familiarity with the general problems, and the solutions offered by one code.
    Ex. Such familiarity can be cultivated with experience, and will consider the following features of data bases.
    Ex. To many, therefore, this emphasis on information can provide a much-needed opportunity to gain the public library new influence and respect.
    Ex. DOBIS/LIBIS does not get a new document number, but reserves this document for you, so that no one else can change it while you are working on it.
    Ex. In the event that the position in the matrix contains more than 32 entries, it is necessary for the user to interact with the system to obtain the miniature catalog that will contain the entry s/he seeks.
    Ex. They are responsible for putting together advertisements, securing proofs, procuring the matrices, electrotypes, and other duplicate plates needed for insertion in publications.
    Ex. They are responsible for putting together advertisements, securing proofs, procuring the matrices, electrotypes, and other duplicate plates needed for insertion in publications.
    Ex. The details of how the assignment of numbers by authorized agencies would be controlled have yet to be worked out.
    Ex. This mixture of approaches is designed to yield maximum retrieval for as many users as possible by combining the different strengths of controlled and natural language indexing.
    Ex. Historically, the main reasons for unionization have been to effect better wages, fringe benefits, and working conditions.
    Ex. The author discusses how librarians should present themselves to effectively galvanize public support for their leadership in the digital age.
    Ex. This article shows how teachers came by such information and the use they made it of in their work.
    Ex. The best way is to talk to them, using a structured plan so that you do get round to asking the right questions.
    Ex. It is difficult for Western librarians to find out what is being published, or to get hold of the materials that they know about.
    Ex. For example, Mile High Comics has served libraries in the past and is eager to land more library customers.
    Ex. Many libraries have special collections of foreign, unpublished or unusual materials which include items unlikely to be acquired by other libraries.
    Ex. The actress flaked out again and the director is trying to line up a replacement.
    Ex. It is the latest incentive being offered to attract the Web user and win over their loyalty of custom.
    ----
    * casi conseguir = come close to + Gerundio.
    * conseguir acceso = gain + access, gain + admittance.
    * conseguir admiración = gain + respect.
    * conseguir algo = get + anywhere.
    * conseguir Algo con esfuerzo = hack.
    * conseguir Algo contra todo pronóstico = beat + the odds.
    * conseguir algo de = get + something out of.
    * conseguir Algo en contra de lo previsible = beat + the odds.
    * conseguir Algo fácilmente = coast.
    * conseguir Algo, lograr Algo = pull + Nombre + off.
    * conseguir apoyo = mobilise + support, win + support, line up + support, gain + support.
    * conseguir ayuda = secure + help.
    * conseguir beneficio = accrue + benefit.
    * conseguir calmarse = regain + Posesivo + composure.
    * conseguir con dificultad = eke out.
    * conseguir con esfuerzo = mine.
    * conseguir el control = gain + control (over/of).
    * conseguir el derecho para = win + the right to.
    * conseguir el dinero = come up with + the money.
    * conseguir en gran medida + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * conseguir éxito = achieve + success.
    * conseguir éxitos y fracasos = encounter + problems and successes.
    * conseguir fondos = win + funds.
    * conseguir hablar con = catch up with.
    * conseguir la reconciliación = bring about + reconciliation.
    * conseguir liberarse de = secure + relief from.
    * conseguirlo = pull it off, nail it.
    * conseguir localizar = get + hold of.
    * conseguir lo imposible = achieve + the impossible, accomplish + the impossible, shoot (for) + the moon.
    * conseguir lo que Uno quiere = have + Posesivo + way (with).
    * conseguir mediante engaño = bluff + Posesivo + way into.
    * conseguir mucho = do + much.
    * conseguir ocupar un lugar específico = secure + a niche.
    * conseguir + Posesivo + aprobación = win + Posesivo + approval.
    * conseguir que = galvanise into.
    * conseguir realizarse plenamente = achieve + Posesivo + full potential.
    * conseguir reconocimiento = win + recognition.
    * conseguir recursos = mobilise + resources.
    * conseguir respeto = gain + respect.
    * conseguirse = accrue.
    * conseguir ser el blanco de todas las miradas = grab + the limelight.
    * conseguir ser el blanco de todas las miradas = capture + spotlight, grab + the spotlight.
    * conseguir ser el centro de atención = capture + spotlight, grab + the spotlight, grab + the limelight.
    * conseguir tiempo = buy + time.
    * conseguir una buena formación en = get + a good grounding on.
    * conseguir una meta = accomplish + goal.
    * conseguir una solución = achieve + solution.
    * conseguir un equilibrio = strike + a balance.
    * conseguir un estándar = attain + standard.
    * conseguir un fin = secure + end.
    * conseguir un ideal = attain + ideal, achieve + ideal.
    * conseguir unir = rally.
    * conseguir un objetivo = accomplish + objective, achieve + objective, attain + goal.
    * conseguir un premio = earn + an award, win + award, win + prize.
    * conseguir un puesto de trabajo = obtain + position.
    * conseguir un trabajo = enter + job, land + job.
    * difícil de conseguir = difficult to come by.
    * ejercer presión para conseguir Algo = push for.
    * esforzarse por conseguir = strive for, work toward(s).
    * estar en vías de conseguir = be on the road to.
    * fácil de conseguir = easy-to-get, easy to come by.
    * forma de conseguir Algo = lever.
    * intentar conseguir = aim for, work toward(s).
    * intentar conseguir Algo = take + a swing at.
    * modo de conseguir Algo = lever.
    * muy lejos de conseguir = a long way toward.
    * no conseguir nada = achieve + nothing.
    * no conseguir ni una cosa ni otra = fall (between/through) + the cracks.
    * para conseguir = in pursuit of.
    * pero sin conseguirlo = but no dice.
    * presionar para conseguir Algo = press for.
    * que no se puede conseguir = unobtainable.
    * resultar difícil de conseguir = prove + elusive.
    * ser algo muy fácil de conseguir = be there for the taking.
    * ser difícil de conseguir = be hard to get.
    * ser fácil de conseguir = be readily available.
    * un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) <objetivo/fin/resultado> to achieve, obtain; <entrada/permiso/empleo> to get

    si lo intentas, al final lo conseguirás — if you try, you'll succeed in the end

    b)

    conseguir + inf — to manage to + inf

    c)

    conseguir que + subj: vas a conseguir que me enfade you're going to get me annoyed; al final conseguí que me dejaran pasar I finally got them to let me through; conseguí que me lo prestara — I got him to lend it to me

    2.
    conseguir vi (RPl)

    conseguir con alguien/algo — to get through to somebody/something

    * * *
    = accomplish, achieve, attain, cultivate, gain, get, obtain, procure, secure, work out, yield, effect, galvanise [galvanize, -USA], come by, get (a)round to, get + hold of, land, acquire, line up, win over.

    Ex: If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

    Ex: The above citation order is achieved by the intercalation of (73).
    Ex: A fully comparative account of recommendations for filing orders is likely to prove confusing until the reader has attained some familiarity with the general problems, and the solutions offered by one code.
    Ex: Such familiarity can be cultivated with experience, and will consider the following features of data bases.
    Ex: To many, therefore, this emphasis on information can provide a much-needed opportunity to gain the public library new influence and respect.
    Ex: DOBIS/LIBIS does not get a new document number, but reserves this document for you, so that no one else can change it while you are working on it.
    Ex: In the event that the position in the matrix contains more than 32 entries, it is necessary for the user to interact with the system to obtain the miniature catalog that will contain the entry s/he seeks.
    Ex: They are responsible for putting together advertisements, securing proofs, procuring the matrices, electrotypes, and other duplicate plates needed for insertion in publications.
    Ex: They are responsible for putting together advertisements, securing proofs, procuring the matrices, electrotypes, and other duplicate plates needed for insertion in publications.
    Ex: The details of how the assignment of numbers by authorized agencies would be controlled have yet to be worked out.
    Ex: This mixture of approaches is designed to yield maximum retrieval for as many users as possible by combining the different strengths of controlled and natural language indexing.
    Ex: Historically, the main reasons for unionization have been to effect better wages, fringe benefits, and working conditions.
    Ex: The author discusses how librarians should present themselves to effectively galvanize public support for their leadership in the digital age.
    Ex: This article shows how teachers came by such information and the use they made it of in their work.
    Ex: The best way is to talk to them, using a structured plan so that you do get round to asking the right questions.
    Ex: It is difficult for Western librarians to find out what is being published, or to get hold of the materials that they know about.
    Ex: For example, Mile High Comics has served libraries in the past and is eager to land more library customers.
    Ex: Many libraries have special collections of foreign, unpublished or unusual materials which include items unlikely to be acquired by other libraries.
    Ex: The actress flaked out again and the director is trying to line up a replacement.
    Ex: It is the latest incentive being offered to attract the Web user and win over their loyalty of custom.
    * casi conseguir = come close to + Gerundio.
    * conseguir acceso = gain + access, gain + admittance.
    * conseguir admiración = gain + respect.
    * conseguir algo = get + anywhere.
    * conseguir Algo con esfuerzo = hack.
    * conseguir Algo contra todo pronóstico = beat + the odds.
    * conseguir algo de = get + something out of.
    * conseguir Algo en contra de lo previsible = beat + the odds.
    * conseguir Algo fácilmente = coast.
    * conseguir Algo, lograr Algo = pull + Nombre + off.
    * conseguir apoyo = mobilise + support, win + support, line up + support, gain + support.
    * conseguir ayuda = secure + help.
    * conseguir beneficio = accrue + benefit.
    * conseguir calmarse = regain + Posesivo + composure.
    * conseguir con dificultad = eke out.
    * conseguir con esfuerzo = mine.
    * conseguir el control = gain + control (over/of).
    * conseguir el derecho para = win + the right to.
    * conseguir el dinero = come up with + the money.
    * conseguir en gran medida + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * conseguir éxito = achieve + success.
    * conseguir éxitos y fracasos = encounter + problems and successes.
    * conseguir fondos = win + funds.
    * conseguir hablar con = catch up with.
    * conseguir la reconciliación = bring about + reconciliation.
    * conseguir liberarse de = secure + relief from.
    * conseguirlo = pull it off, nail it.
    * conseguir localizar = get + hold of.
    * conseguir lo imposible = achieve + the impossible, accomplish + the impossible, shoot (for) + the moon.
    * conseguir lo que Uno quiere = have + Posesivo + way (with).
    * conseguir mediante engaño = bluff + Posesivo + way into.
    * conseguir mucho = do + much.
    * conseguir ocupar un lugar específico = secure + a niche.
    * conseguir + Posesivo + aprobación = win + Posesivo + approval.
    * conseguir que = galvanise into.
    * conseguir realizarse plenamente = achieve + Posesivo + full potential.
    * conseguir reconocimiento = win + recognition.
    * conseguir recursos = mobilise + resources.
    * conseguir respeto = gain + respect.
    * conseguirse = accrue.
    * conseguir ser el blanco de todas las miradas = grab + the limelight.
    * conseguir ser el blanco de todas las miradas = capture + spotlight, grab + the spotlight.
    * conseguir ser el centro de atención = capture + spotlight, grab + the spotlight, grab + the limelight.
    * conseguir tiempo = buy + time.
    * conseguir una buena formación en = get + a good grounding on.
    * conseguir una meta = accomplish + goal.
    * conseguir una solución = achieve + solution.
    * conseguir un equilibrio = strike + a balance.
    * conseguir un estándar = attain + standard.
    * conseguir un fin = secure + end.
    * conseguir un ideal = attain + ideal, achieve + ideal.
    * conseguir unir = rally.
    * conseguir un objetivo = accomplish + objective, achieve + objective, attain + goal.
    * conseguir un premio = earn + an award, win + award, win + prize.
    * conseguir un puesto de trabajo = obtain + position.
    * conseguir un trabajo = enter + job, land + job.
    * difícil de conseguir = difficult to come by.
    * ejercer presión para conseguir Algo = push for.
    * esforzarse por conseguir = strive for, work toward(s).
    * estar en vías de conseguir = be on the road to.
    * fácil de conseguir = easy-to-get, easy to come by.
    * forma de conseguir Algo = lever.
    * intentar conseguir = aim for, work toward(s).
    * intentar conseguir Algo = take + a swing at.
    * modo de conseguir Algo = lever.
    * muy lejos de conseguir = a long way toward.
    * no conseguir nada = achieve + nothing.
    * no conseguir ni una cosa ni otra = fall (between/through) + the cracks.
    * para conseguir = in pursuit of.
    * pero sin conseguirlo = but no dice.
    * presionar para conseguir Algo = press for.
    * que no se puede conseguir = unobtainable.
    * resultar difícil de conseguir = prove + elusive.
    * ser algo muy fácil de conseguir = be there for the taking.
    * ser difícil de conseguir = be hard to get.
    * ser fácil de conseguir = be readily available.
    * un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.

    * * *
    vt
    1 ‹objetivo/fin/resultado› to achieve, obtain; ‹entrada/plaza/empleo› to get
    no conseguirás nada de él you won't get anything out of him
    siempre consigue lo que se propone she always achieves what she sets out to do
    si lo intentas, al final lo conseguirás if you try, you'll succeed in the end
    un artista que ha conseguido un estilo propio an artist who has developed o achieved his own style
    al final consiguió un permiso de trabajo he finally got o managed to get a work permit
    todavía no ha conseguido trabajo she still hasn't got a job o found work
    consiguió el primer premio en el concurso she won first prize in the competition
    la película consiguió un gran éxito de crítica the film was very well received by the critics
    consiguieron una mayoría aplastante they obtained an overwhelming majority
    2 conseguir + INF to manage to + INF
    no consigo entenderlo I can't work it out
    al final conseguí convencer a mis padres I finally managed to talk my parents round
    consiguió clasificarse para la final she managed to qualify o she qualified for the final
    3 conseguir QUE + SUBJ:
    si sigues así vas a conseguir que me enfade if you carry on like that, you're going to get me annoyed
    al final conseguí que me dejaran pasar I finally got them to let me through, I finally managed to persuade them to let me through
    conseguí que me lo prestara I got him o I managed to get him to lend it to me
    ■ conseguir
    vi
    ( RPl) conseguir CON algn/algo; to get through TO sb/sth
    no puedo conseguir con él/con ese número I can't get through to him/to that number
    * * *

     

    conseguir ( conjugate conseguir) verbo transitivo ‹objetivo/fin/resultado› to achieve, obtain;
    ‹entrada/permiso/empleo› to get;
    ‹medalla/título› to win;
    ◊ si lo intentas, al final lo conseguirás if you try, you'll succeed in the end;

    la película consiguió un gran éxito the film was a great success;
    conseguir hacer algo to manage to do sth;
    no consigo entenderlo I can't work it out;
    conseguí que me lo prestara I got him to lend it to me
    conseguir verbo transitivo
    1 (obtener) to get, obtain
    (alcanzar) to achieve: consiguió su propósito, he achieved his purpose
    2 (con infinitivo) to manage to: consiguieron convencernos, they managed to persuade us ➣ Ver nota en manage

    ' conseguir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aliento
    - bregar
    - buscar
    - concurso
    - costar
    - frustrarse
    - hacerse
    - lince
    - método
    - obtener
    - porfiar
    - precio
    - santa
    - santo
    - trampear
    - triunfo
    - adelantar
    - alcanzar
    - cazar
    - consiga
    - lucha
    - luchar
    - pituto
    - ser
    English:
    accomplish
    - achieve
    - aim
    - apprentice
    - attain
    - autonomous
    - bargain
    - bid
    - boat
    - bring off
    - bungle
    - come by
    - contrive
    - divorce
    - fail
    - find
    - gain
    - get
    - go after
    - hold
    - influence
    - land
    - lobby
    - manage
    - mooch
    - obtain
    - obtainable
    - one-upmanship
    - per cent
    - procure
    - rally
    - running
    - seek
    - shop around
    - snatch
    - succeed
    - unobtainable
    - wangle
    - whip up
    - white elephant
    - win
    - available
    - bring
    - come
    - draw
    - drum
    - easy
    - enlist
    - have
    - nowhere
    * * *
    [obtener] to obtain, to get; [un objetivo] to achieve;
    conseguir un premio Nobel/dos Óscars to win o get a Nobel Prize/two Oscars;
    consiguieron un aumento de sueldo they got a pay Br rise o US raise;
    consiguió la mayoría absoluta he won o got an absolute majority;
    consiguió todo lo que se propuso she achieved everything she set out to do;
    con esa actitud no conseguirás nada you won't get anywhere with that attitude;
    conseguir hacer algo to manage to do sth;
    tras un disputado esprint consiguió alzarse con el triunfo she won a very closely contested sprint;
    no consiguieron encontrar el camino they didn't manage to find the way;
    no consiguió que me enfadara she didn't (manage to) get me annoyed;
    al menos conseguimos que nos escucharan at least we got them to listen to us
    * * *
    v/t
    1 get; objetivo achieve
    2
    :
    conseguir hacer algo manage to do sth
    * * *
    conseguir {75} vt
    1) : to get, to obtain
    2) : to achieve, to attain
    3) : to manage to
    consiguió acabar el trabajo: she managed to finish the job
    * * *
    1. (obtener) to obtain / to get
    el partido consiguió el 40% de los votos the party got 40% of the votes
    2. (lograr) to achieve
    ¿qué has conseguido? what have you achieved?
    3. (ganar) to win [pt. & pp. won]

    Spanish-English dictionary > conseguir

  • 20 машинное оборудование

    1. machinery

     

    машинное оборудование
    термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
    - сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
    - группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
    - взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
    [Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]

    EN

    machinery
    ‘machinery’ means:
    — an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
    actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
    for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
    — an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
    — interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
    [DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:

    3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:

    — machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,

    - машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;

    — machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,

    - медицинские приборы;

    — special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,

    - специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;

    — steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,

    - паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;

    — machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,

    - машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;

    — radioactive sources forming part of a machine,

    - радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;

    — firearms,

    - стрелковое оружие;

    — storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,

    - емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;

    — means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,

    - транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;

    — seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,

    - морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;

    — cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,

    - канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;

    — agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),

    (1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).

    -сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);

    (1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)

    — machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,

    - машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;

    — lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
    (i) persons;
    (ii) persons and goods;
    (iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,

    - лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
    (i) людей;
    (ii) людей и имущества;
    (iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;

    — means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,

    - транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;

    — mine winding gear,

    - шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;

    — theatre elevators,

    - театральные подъемники;

    — construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.

    - строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.

    4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.

    4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.

    5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).

    (2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).

    5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).

    (2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).

    Article 2
    1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.

    Статья 2
    1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.

    2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.

    2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.

    3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.

    3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.

    Article 3
    Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.

    Статья 3
    Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.

    Article 4
    1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.

    Статья 4
    1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
    требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.

    ‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.

    2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.

    "Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.

    3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.

    3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.

    Article 5
    1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.

    Статья 5
    1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.

    При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.

    2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
    Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.

    2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
    Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.

    3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.

    3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.

    Article 6
    1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
    Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 6
    1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
    После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).

    2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.

    The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.

    Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:

    The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.

    The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
    The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
    It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.

    2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.

    Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.

    Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:

    Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.

    Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
    Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.

    Article 7
    1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking, or
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.

    Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
    (a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
    (b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
    (c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 7
    1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.

    Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
    a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
    b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
    c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).

    2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.

    Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).

    2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.

    Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).

    3. Where:
    — machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
    — a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
    the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.

    3. Если:
    - машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
    - компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
    компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.

    4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.

    CHAPTER II
    CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
    Article 8
    1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.

    In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.

    Глава II
    Процедуры оценки соответствия
    Статья 8
    1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.

    Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.

    2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
    (a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
    (b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
    (c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
    — either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
    — submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
    — or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.

    2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
    (a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
    (b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
    (c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
    - либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
    - представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
    - либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.

    3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.

    В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.

    4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.

    Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.

    4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.

    5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.

    5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.

    6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
    (b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.

    6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
    (b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.

    7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.

    7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.

    8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.

    8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.

    Article 9
    1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
    The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.

    Статья 9
    1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.

    В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.

    2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.

    2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.

    3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.

    3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    CHAPTER III
    CE MARKING
    Article 10
    1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.

    ГЛАВА III
    МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
    Статья 10
    1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.

    2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.

    2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.

    3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.

    3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".

    4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
    (a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;

    (b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.

    4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
    (a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;

    (b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.

    CHAPTER IV
    FINAL PROVISIONS
    Article 11
    Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.

    ГЛАВА IV
    ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
    Статья 11
    Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.

    Article 12
    The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.

    Статья 12
    Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.

    Article 13
    1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

    2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.

    Статья 13
    1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.

    2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.

    Тематики

    EN

    Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > машинное оборудование

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Time — This article is about the measurement. For the magazine, see Time (magazine). For other uses, see Time (disambiguation). The flow of sand in an hourglass can be used to keep track of elapsed time. It also concretely represents the present as… …   Wikipedia

  • Time in physics — In physics, the treatment of time is a central issue. It has been treated as a question of geometry. One can measure time and treat it as a geometrical dimension, such as length, and perform mathematical operations on it. It is a scalar quantity… …   Wikipedia

  • Event (computing) — In computing an event is an action that is usually initiated outside the scope of a program and that is handled by a piece of code inside the program. Typically events are handled synchronous with the program flow, that is, the program has one or …   Wikipedia

  • Time Warner Cable Arena — Former names Charlotte Bobcats Arena (2005–2007) Location …   Wikipedia

  • Event planning — is the process of planning a festival, ceremony, competition, party, or convention. Event planning includes budgeting, establishing dates and alternate dates, selecting and reserving the event site, acquiring permits, and coordinating… …   Wikipedia

  • Time from NPL — Map showing the location of the Anthorn VLF transmitter within Cumbria …   Wikipedia

  • Time 100 — cover for 2008 Time 100 is an annual list of the 100 most influential people in the world, as assembled by Time. First published in 1999 as a result of a debate among several academics, the list has become an annual event. Contents …   Wikipedia

  • Time Squad — From left to right, Buck Tuddrussel, Otto Osworth, and Larry 3000 Genre Science fiction Comedy Format Animated se …   Wikipedia

  • Time travel — This article details time travel itself. For other uses, see Time Traveler. Time travel is the concept of moving between different moments in time in a manner analogous to moving between different points in space, either sending objects (or in… …   Wikipedia

  • Time zone — Timezone and TimeZone redirect here. For other uses, see Time zone (disambiguation). Local time redirects here. For the mathematical concept, see Local time (mathematics). This article is about time zones in general. For a list of time zones by… …   Wikipedia

  • Time dilation — This article is about a concept in physics. For the concept in sociology, see time displacement. In the theory of relativity, time dilation is an observed difference of elapsed time between two events as measured by observers either moving… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»